AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 5, 1996
    
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-04097
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                              -------------------
   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
                                    FORM S-1
    
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                              -------------------
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 

                                                          
           DELAWARE                          7389                  84-1291044
 (State or other jurisdiction    (Primary Standard Industrial   (I.R.S. Employee
              of                 Classification Code Number)     Identification
incorporation or organization)                                        No.)

 
                        1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 1400
                             DENVER, COLORADO 80203
                                 (303) 894-4000
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
                 area code, of registrant's executive offices)
 
                               KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
                CHAIRMAN, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                        1700 LINCOLN STREET, SUITE 1400
                             DENVER, COLORADO 80203
                                 (303) 894-4000
 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)
                              -------------------
 
                                WITH COPIES TO:
 

                                       
      CHARLES EVANS GERBER, ESQ.                 HOWARD S. LANZNAR, ESQ.
       HELEN N. KAMINSKI, ESQ.                      MARK D. WOOD, ESQ.
       Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg                   Katten Muchin & Zavis
       Two North LaSalle Street                   525 West Monroe Street
       Chicago, Illinois 60602                   Chicago, Illinois 60661
            (312) 269-8000                            (312) 902-5200

 
                              -------------------
 
        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box. / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering. / /
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                              -------------------
 
   
    THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS  THIS  REGISTRATION ON  SUCH  DATE AS  MAY BE
NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL FILE A  FURTHER
AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL
THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF THE SECURITIES OF
1933 OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE  AS
THE  SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT  TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
    
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
                   PURSUANT TO REGULATION S-K, SECTION 501(B)
 


           FORM S-1 ITEM                                                           LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
           -------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
                                                              
 1.        Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus........................  Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
                                                                     Front Cover Page of Prospectus
 2.        Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus............................................  Inside   Front  and  Outside   Back  Cover  Pages  of
                                                                     Prospectus; Additional Information
 3.        Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of Earnings
            to Fixed Charges......................................  Prospectus  Summary;  The   Company;  Risk   Factors;
                                                                     Business
 4.        Use of Proceeds........................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 5.        Determination of Offering Price........................  Outside Front Cover Page of Prospectus; Underwriters
 6.        Dilution...............................................  Dilution
 7.        Selling Security Holders...............................  Principal and Selling Stockholders
 8.        Plan of Distribution...................................  Outside  and Inside Front  Cover Pages of Prospectus;
                                                                     Underwriters
 9.        Description of Securities to be Registered.............  Prospectus Summary;  Capitalization;  Description  of
                                                                     Capital Stock
10.        Interests of Named Experts and Counsel.................  Legal Matters; Experts
11.        Information with Respect to the Registrant.............  Cover  Page  of Registration  Statement;  Outside and
                                                                     Inside Front Cover  Pages of Prospectus;  Prospectus
                                                                     Summary; The Company; Risk Factors; Use of Proceeds;
                                                                     Dividend  Policy; Capitalization; Dilution; Selected
                                                                     Financial Data; Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                                     of Financial  Condition and  Results of  Operations;
                                                                     Business;   Management;  Certain  Relationships  and
                                                                     Related Party  Transactions; Principal  and  Selling
                                                                     Stockholders;  Description of  Capital Stock; Shares
                                                                     Eligible for  Future Sale;  Legal Matters;  Experts;
                                                                     Financial Statements
12.        Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities........................                            *

 
- ---------
*Inapplicable

   
                               EXPLANATORY NOTES
    
 
   
    Amendment  No. 1 is being filed for the sole purpose of filing the Report of
Independent Public Accountants  of Access  24 Service  Corporation Pty  Limited,
which is found on page F-4, and certain additional exhibits, as indicated on the
Exhibit Index of the Registration Statement.
    
 
   
    This  Registration Statement contains  two forms of  prospectuses: one to be
used in connection with an offering in  the United States and Canada (the  "U.S.
Prospectus")  and one to  be used in connection  with a concurrent international
offering (the "International Prospectus") of  the Common Stock, par value  $.002
per  share, of TeleTech Holdings,  Inc. The form of  U.S. Prospectus is included
herein and  is followed  by the  outside  front cover  page to  be used  in  the
International  Prospectus, which is the only differing page of the International
Prospectus. The  outside  front  cover  page  of  the  International  Prospectus
included herein is labeled "Alternative Page for International Prospectus."
    

Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED            , 1996
 
                                6,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 --------------
 
 OF THE 6,000,000 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES  ARE
 BEING  SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,000,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE SELLING
  STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE  PROCEEDS
  FROM  THE SALE  OF SHARES BY  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.  SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES  BEING OFFERED,         SHARES  ARE
     BEING  OFFERED INITIALLY IN  THE UNITED STATES AND  CANADA BY THE U.S.
     UNDERWRITERS AND        SHARES ARE BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE  OF
     THE  UNITED STATES AND  CANADA BY THE  INTERNATIONAL UNDERWRITERS. SEE
     "UNDERWRITERS." PRIOR  TO THE  OFFERING, THERE  HAS BEEN  NO  PUBLIC
       MARKET  FOR  THE  COMMON STOCK  OF  THE COMPANY.  IT  IS CURRENTLY
       ANTICIPATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE BETWEEN
       $         AND $          . SEE  "UNDERWRITERS"             FOR  A
        DISCUSSION  OF THE FACTORS CONSIDERED IN DETERMINING THE INITIAL
                                OFFERING PRICE.
                            ------------------------
 
        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 6 HEREOF.
                               -----------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
    SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION
      PASSED  UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS. ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                              -------------------
 
                             PRICE $       A SHARE
                              -------------------
 


                                                             UNDERWRITING                           PROCEEDS TO
                                                             DISCOUNTS AND       PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                         PRICE TO PUBLIC    COMMISSIONS (1)      COMPANY (2)       STOCKHOLDERS
                                        -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                                                     
PER SHARE.............................          $                  $                  $                  $
TOTAL (3).............................          $                  $                  $                  $

 
- ---------
    (1) THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY  THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
    (2)   BEFORE  DEDUCTING  EXPENSES  PAYABLE   BY  THE  COMPANY  ESTIMATED  AT
       $          .  THE COMPANY HAS AGREED TO  PAY THE EXPENSES OF THE  SELLING
       STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
    (3)  ONE OF  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAS GRANTED THE  U.S. UNDERWRITERS AN
       OPTION, EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP  TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF 900,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
       PUBLIC  LESS UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS FOR  THE PURPOSE OF
       COVERING OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE  SUCH
       OPTION  IN FULL,  THE TOTAL PRICE  TO PUBLIC,  UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND
       COMMISSIONS, PROCEEDS  TO COMPANY  AND PROCEEDS  TO SELLING  STOCKHOLDERS
       WILL  BE $       ,  $       , $        , AND $        , RESPECTIVELY. SEE
       "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THE SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED  BY
THE  UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL MATTERS
BY KATTEN MUCHIN  & ZAVIS,  COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS. IT  IS EXPECTED  THAT
DELIVERY  OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT         , 1996 AT THE OFFICE OF
MORGAN STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT  THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
   INCORPORATED
                               ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                  INCORPORATED
                                                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
           , 1996

INSIDE FRONT COVER OF PROSPECTUS:
 
    The  inside front cover  is a gatefold  which opens to  a multicolor graphic
layout containing,  in  the  upper  right-hand  corner,  the  title  "integrated
customer   lifecycle  management."  Under  the  title  is  written:  "TeleTech's
solutions  integrate  all   phases  of  the   customer  lifecycle  --   customer
acquisition, service and retention, satisfaction and loyalty -- and are designed
to maximize the lifetime value of its client's customer relationships."
 
    The  gatefold contains  six photographs of  the Company's  call centers (two
overlapping photographs  in each  of the  lower left-hand,  upper left-hand  and
upper  right-hand corners with the word  "TeleTech" superimposed). In the center
of the  gatefold,  there is  an  oval photograph  of  a woman  speaking  on  the
telephone,  which is labelled "Client's Customer." This photograph is surrounded
by three smaller oval photographs of faces, each of which is labelled  "TeleTech
representative."  Radiating  outward  from  the center  oval  photograph  of the
Client's Customer  are 16  curved lines,  each of  which terminates  at an  oval
point,  adjacent to which is a question  or request that the customer might have
regarding a particular product or  service. Following this "customer  lifecycle"
clockwise  from  a point  labelled  "Start", the  questions  or requests  that a
customer might ask appear as follows:
 
"Tell me about it."
"Where can I buy it?"
"I want to order it."
"How do I activate it."
"Help me navigate it."
"Send someone to repair it."
"I want to upgrade it."
"My billing address has changed for it."
"How do I take care of it?"
"I want to complain about it."
"I want to rave about it."
"Make   me    a    preferred    customer   and    I'll    keep    buying    it."
"Register me for the event celebrating it."
"Contact my friend about trying it."
"I'd like to buy it again."
 
    These questions or requests are classified by color into the following three
phases  of  the  customer  lifecycle:  "CUSTOMER  ACQUISITION/SHORT-TERM VALUE,"
"CUSTOMER  SERVICE  +  RETENTION/SUSTAINED  VALUE,"  "CUSTOMER  SATISFACTION   +
LOYALTY/MAXIMUM VALUE."
 
    Centered along the lower edge of the gatefold, is an oval graphic containing
text  that lists  under the  heading "TeleTech's  Core Strengths"  the following
words: "People  --  Infrastructure  --  Technology --  Process  --  Strategy  --
Innovation." On either side of this text is an arrow, one of which points to the
left  indicating "Customer  Benefits" (listed as  "Access to  direct product and
service providers --  Rapid, single-call resolution  -- Personalized service  --
Long-term,  loyal supplier relationships"), and the other of which points to the
right indicating "Client Benefits" (listed  as "Reduced operating costs --  Core
competency  concentration --  Enhance service  quality --  Enlightening customer
relationships -- Maximum customer value").
 
    TeleTech's corporate  logo appears  in  the lower  left-hand corner  of  the
gatefold, under which are written the words: "COPYRIGHT 1996."

    NO  PERSON IS AUTHORIZED IN CONNECTION WITH ANY OFFERING MADE HEREBY TO GIVE
ANY INFORMATION OR TO  MAKE ANY REPRESENTATION OTHER  THAN AS CONTAINED IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE
RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, BY ANY SELLING STOCKHOLDER
OR  BY ANY UNDERWRITER. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES  NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
THE SOLICITATION OF ANY OFFER TO BUY BY ANY PERSON IN ANY JURISDICTION IN  WHICH
IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH AN OFFERING OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF
THIS  PROSPECTUS NOR ANY SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES IMPLY
THAT THE INFORMATION CONTAINED  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS  OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT  TO
THE DATE HEREOF.
                              -------------------
 
    UNTIL              , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER COMMENCEMENT OF THIS OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING  IN
THIS  DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN ADDITION
TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS
AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
                              -------------------
 
    For investors outside of the  United States: No action  has been or will  be
taken in any jurisdiction by the Company or by any Underwriter that would permit
a  public offering  of the  Common Stock or  possession or  distribution of this
Prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required,  other
than  in the United States. Persons  into whose possession this Prospectus comes
are required by the Company and the Underwriters to inform themselves about  and
to  observe any  restrictions as  to the  offering of  the Common  Stock and the
distribution of this Prospectus.
 
    In this Prospectus  references to  "dollars" and  "$" are  to United  States
dollars,  and the  terms "United  States" and "U.S."  mean the  United States of
America, its states, its territories, its  possessions and all areas subject  to
its jurisdiction.
                              -------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 


                                                                                                                PAGE
                                                                                                             -----------
                                                                                                          
Prospectus Summary.........................................................................................           3
The Company................................................................................................           5
Risk Factors...............................................................................................           6
Use of Proceeds............................................................................................          11
Dividend Policy............................................................................................          11
Capitalization.............................................................................................          12
Dilution...................................................................................................          13
Selected Financial Data....................................................................................          14
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations......................          17
Business...................................................................................................          23
Management.................................................................................................          34
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.......................................................          41
Principal and Selling Stockholders.........................................................................          42
Description of Capital Stock...............................................................................          44
Shares Eligible for Future Sale............................................................................          46
Certain United States Federal Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Common Stock........................          48
Underwriters...............................................................................................          50
Legal Matters..............................................................................................          53
Experts....................................................................................................          53
Additional Information.....................................................................................          53
Index to Financial Statements..............................................................................         F-1

 
                              -------------------
 
    The Company intends to furnish to its stockholders annual reports containing
consolidated financial
statements  audited by an independent accounting  firm and quarterly reports for
the first  three  quarters of  each  fiscal year  containing  interim  unaudited
financial information.
                              -------------------
 
    IN  CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK AT
A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT  WHICH MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN  THE OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED  ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL  MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY  IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS  ENTIRETY BY  THE MORE DETAILED
INFORMATION AND FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS AND NOTES  THERETO APPEARING ELSEWHERE  IN
THIS   PROSPECTUS.  EXCEPT  AS  OTHERWISE  NOTED  HEREIN,  INFORMATION  IN  THIS
PROSPECTUS (I) ASSUMES NO EXERCISE  OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT  OPTION,
(II)  REFLECTS A FIVE-FOR-ONE SPLIT OF THE COMPANY'S COMMON STOCK TO BE EFFECTED
IMMEDIATELY PRIOR AND SUBJECT TO THE  CLOSING OF THIS OFFERING (THE  "OFFERING")
AND  (III)  REFLECTS THE  CONVERSION OF  ALL  OUTSTANDING SHARES  OF CONVERTIBLE
PREFERRED STOCK, PAR VALUE $6.45 PER  SHARE, OF THE COMPANY ("PREFERRED  STOCK")
INTO  9,300,000  SHARES OF  COMMON STOCK  TO BE  EFFECTED IMMEDIATELY  PRIOR AND
SUBJECT TO THE CLOSING OF THE  OFFERING (THE "PREFERRED STOCK CONVERSION").  SEE
"DESCRIPTION  OF CAPITAL STOCK" AND  "UNDERWRITERS." UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED,
REFERENCES TO "TELETECH" AND THE "COMPANY" MEAN TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC. AND  ITS
WHOLLY-OWNED  SUBSIDIARIES OR, FOR PERIODS PRIOR TO DECEMBER 1994, MEAN TELETECH
TELECOMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND TELETECH TELESERVICES, INC., COLLECTIVELY. SEE "THE
COMPANY."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
    TeleTech is a leading provider of  customer care solutions for Fortune  1000
companies.  Customer  care encompasses  a  wide range  of  customer acquisition,
retention and satisfaction programs designed  to maximize the lifetime value  of
the  relationships between  TeleTech's clients  and their  customers. TeleTech's
customer care programs involve all stages of the customer lifecycle and  usually
consist  of  a variety  of customer  service and  technical and  product support
activities, such as product information, program enrollment, help desk  support,
account  inquiries,  problem resolution  and satisfaction  assessments. TeleTech
works closely with  its clients  to rapidly  design and  implement large  scale,
tailored customer care programs that provide integrated, comprehensive solutions
to specific business needs.
 
    TeleTech   delivers   its   customer   care   services   primarily   through
customer-initiated ("inbound")  telephone  calls  and also  over  the  Internet.
Services    are    provided   by    trained   customer    care   representatives
("Representatives") in TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") in response to  an
inquiry  that a  customer makes  by calling a  toll-free telephone  number or by
sending  an  Internet  message.  Representatives  respond  to  these   inquiries
utilizing   state-of-the-art  workstations  that  leverage  TeleTech's  advanced
technology platform and  enable them to  provide rapid, single-call  resolution.
This   platform  incorporates   digital  switching,   client/server  technology,
object-oriented  software  modules,  relational  database  management   systems,
proprietary  call tracking  management software,  computer telephony integration
and interactive voice  response. TeleTech's services  generally are provided  on
either a fully outsourced or facilities management basis.
 
    TeleTech  seeks to  establish long-term,  strategic relationships, typically
formalized   by   multi-year   contracts,   with   selected   clients   in   the
telecommunications,   technology,  transportation,  health  care  and  financial
services industries. TeleTech  targets clients  in these  industries because  of
their  complex product  and service  offerings and  large customer  bases, which
require  frequent,  often  sophisticated,  customer  interactions.  The  Company
recently  entered  into significant,  multi-year  contracts with  CompuServe and
United Parcel Service and has obtained additional business from AT&T. Additional
clients include Apple  Computer, Bell  Atlantic, Novell, NYNEX  and Wells  Fargo
Bank.
 
    The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions  since  its inception.  Since January  1995,  the Company  has opened,
acquired or initiated management  of seven Call Centers.  As of April 30,  1996,
TeleTech  owned, leased or managed  nine Call Centers in  the United States, the
United Kingdom,  Australia  and New  Zealand  equipped  with a  total  of  4,560
state-of-the-art  workstations. TeleTech currently plans  to open two additional
Call Centers and expand an existing Call Center by the end of 1996. In the first
quarter of 1996, approximately 95% of the Company's call handling revenues  were
derived  from inbound  inquiries. TeleTech's  revenues increased  42.3% to $50.5
million in  1995 from  $35.5 million  in 1994.  In the  first quarter  of  1996,
revenues increased 111.5% to $22.0 million from $10.4 million in the same period
of 1995.
 
                                       3

                                  THE OFFERING
 

                                            
Common Stock offered.........................  6,000,000 shares
                                               4,000,000 shares by the Company
                                               2,000,000 shares by the Selling Stockholders
  U.S. offering..............................  shares
  International offering.....................  shares
Common Stock to be outstanding after the
 Offering....................................  55,046,240 shares(1)
Use of proceeds to the Company...............  For working capital and general corporate
                                               purposes and to repay outstanding short-term
                                               indebtedness.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol.......  TTEC

 
- ------------
 
(1)  Includes 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock  to be issued upon the conversion
    of all  1,860,000 outstanding  shares  of Preferred  Stock pursuant  to  the
    Preferred  Stock  Conversion.  Excludes  4,968,500  shares  of  Common Stock
    issuable upon  exercise  of options  outstanding  at  May 15,  1996  with  a
    weighted  average exercise price  of $4.69 per  share. See "Capitalization,"
    "Management-- Compensation of Directors," "Management--Teletech Stock Option
    Plan," "Underwriters" and note 11 to the Company's Consolidated and Combined
    Financial Statements (the "Financial Statements").
 
                       SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (1)
          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS AND OPERATING DATA)
 


                                                         YEAR ENDED           ELEVEN            YEAR ENDED        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                         JANUARY 31,       MONTHS ENDED        DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                    ---------------------  DECEMBER 31,     ------------------    ------------------
                                                                   1993        1993          1994       1995       1995       1996
                                                                  -------  ------------     -------    -------    -------    -------
                                                       1992
                                                    -----------
                                                    (UNAUDITED)                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                        
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues..........................................    $ 5,751     $13,814    $19,520        $35,462    $50,467    $10,412    $22,019
Income (loss) from operations.....................       (332)        250        837          2,196      4,596        614      2,723
Net income........................................        214          52        548          1,695      4,156(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income..............................        214          52        299(3)       1,037(3)   4,156(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income per share of Common Stock and
 equivalents (4)..................................         --          --        .01(3)         .02(3)     .08(2)     .03(2)     .02
Weighted average shares outstanding (4)...........     44,085      44,085     44,085         44,085     54,658     54,586     54,682
 
OPERATING DATA:
Number of Call Centers............................          1           1          2              2          3          3          9
Number of workstations............................        300         300        560            560        960        960      3,107

 


                                                                                         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                           -------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          PRO FORMA
                                                                            ACTUAL     PRO FORMA (5)   AS ADJUSTED (6)
                                                                           ---------  ---------------  ---------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                              
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital..........................................................  $   5,380     $   5,380
Total assets.............................................................     49,454        49,454
Long-term debt, net of current portion...................................      6,536         6,536
Total stockholders' equity...............................................      9,829        22,908

 
- ------------
 
(1) The Summary Financial  Information presented in this  table is derived  from
    the  "Selected Financial Information" and  the Financial Statements included
    elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former  client  to  TeleTech  in  connection  with  such  client's  early
    termination of a contract.
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation under Subchapter S of
    the   Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,   as  amended  (the  "Code"),  and,
    accordingly, was not subject to federal  income taxes. Pro forma net  income
    includes  a provision for income taxes at an effective rate of 44.4% for the
    11 months ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December  31,
    1994.
 
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
 
(5)  Reflects  the  conversion  of  1,860,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock into
    9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
 
(6) Reflects  the sale  of 4,000,000  shares of  Common Stock  being offered  by
    TeleTech  at an assumed initial price to public of $       per share (net of
    approximately $     million of estimated offering expenses and  underwriting
    discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom,  including  repayment  of short-term  indebtedness.  See  "Use of
    Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
 
                                       4

                                  THE COMPANY
 
    TeleTech  is a leading provider of  customer care solutions for Fortune 1000
companies. Customer  care  encompasses a  wide  range of  customer  acquisition,
retention  and satisfaction programs designed to  maximize the lifetime value of
the relationships  between TeleTech's  clients and  their customers.  TeleTech's
customer  care programs involve all stages of the customer lifecycle and usually
consist of  a variety  of customer  service and  technical and  product  support
activities,  such as product information, program enrollment, help desk support,
account inquiries,  problem resolution  and satisfaction  assessments.  TeleTech
delivers  its  customer  care  services  primarily  through  customer  initiated
telephone calls and also over the  Internet. Services are generally provided  by
customer  care Representatives in Call Centers in  response to an inquiry that a
customer makes by calling a toll-free telephone number or by sending an Internet
message. Representatives respond to  these inquiries utilizing  state-of-the-art
workstations that leverage TeleTech's advanced technology platform and enable it
to  provide  rapid, single-call  resolution.  TeleTech's services  are generally
provided on either a fully outsourced or facilities management basis.
 
    Companies today  are  finding it  increasingly  difficult to  satisfy  their
customers' needs for service and information. The Company believes that customer
care   has  become  a  clear   competitive  differentiator  and  that  consumers
increasingly consider the relative effectiveness, ease of use and responsiveness
of  customer   service  when   evaluating  comparable   products  or   services.
Historically, companies have provided customer care and support in-house because
they  believed that the "customer interface"  was too critical to be outsourced.
Many now  acknowledge  that  they do  not  have  the core  competencies  or  are
unwilling to invest the substantial resources necessary to provide high quality,
inbound  customer care solutions on a timely,  cost effective basis. As a result
of these trends, a large and rapidly growing customer care outsourcing  industry
has  emerged. Management  believes that companies  considering outsourcing their
customer care activities increasingly are  seeking a strategic partner that  can
understand  their business, can  provide a comprehensive  range of services, and
has  the  flexibility,   scalability,  management   expertise,  facilities   and
sophisticated technological and educational resources to serve effectively their
customers' long-term needs.
 
    TeleTech  designs and implements customer  care programs that are customized
to provide  an  integrated solution  tailored  for each  client.  The  Company's
programs  are  designed  to  (i)  improve  the  quality  and  yield  of customer
interactions, (ii) reduce the  operating costs associated  with the delivery  of
customer  service  and product  support,  (iii) minimize  the  client's required
investment in  and  technology risks  associated  with operating  in-house  call
centers,  (iv)  eliminate  the  need  to manage  large  numbers  of  call center
employees and (v)  enable clients  to focus  on their  core competencies.  These
programs address inbound customer interactions in a manner that is seamless with
the  client's operations and transparent  to the customers. TeleTech effectively
delivers these programs by rapidly deploying the technology and human  resources
required  to  implement  and  manage  comprehensive,  integrated  customer  care
solutions.
 
    TeleTech seeks to  establish long-term,  strategic relationships,  typically
formalized   by   multi-year   contracts,   with   selected   clients   in   the
telecommunications,  technology,  transportation,  health  care  and   financial
services  industries. TeleTech  targets clients  in these  industries because of
their complex  product  and service  offerings  and large  customer  bases  that
require frequent, often sophisticated, customer interactions.
 
    TeleTech's  principal executive offices are  located at 1700 Lincoln Street,
Suite 1400, Denver, Colorado 80203 and  its telephone number is (303)  894-4000.
TeleTech  was  incorporated  under the  laws  of  Delaware in  December  1994 in
connection with a restructuring of the ownership of TeleTech Telecommunications,
Inc., which was incorporated under the  laws of California in October 1982,  and
TeleTech  Teleservices, Inc., which was incorporated  under the laws of Colorado
in November 1992. As a result  of such restructuring, TeleTech Teleservices  and
TeleTech Telecommunications became wholly-owned subsidiaries of TeleTech.
 
                                       5

                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY'S BUSINESS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY
CONSIDER THE FOLLOWING FACTORS IN ADDITION TO THE OTHER INFORMATION PRESENTED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS.
 
    RELIANCE  ON  MAJOR  CLIENTS.   The  Company has  strategically  focused its
marketing efforts  on  developing  long-term  relationships  with  Fortune  1000
companies  in targeted  industries. As  a result,  a substantial  portion of the
Company's revenues is  derived from  relatively few  clients. Collectively,  the
Company's  10 largest clients  in 1995 accounted for  approximately 82.1% of the
Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's three largest clients in 1995 were  AT&T,
Continental  Airlines and Apple Computer,  which accounted for approximately 31%
(including 11% from AT&T's subsidiary McCaw Communications d/b/a Cellular  One),
18%  and 9%, respectively, of the Company's 1995 revenues. The Company's program
for Continental Airlines was  completed in March 1996  and was not renewed.  The
Company  expects that  its three largest  clients in 1996,  which it anticipates
will be AT&T, CompuServe  and United Parcel  Service, collectively will  account
for  an even greater percentage of the Company's 1996 net revenues. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to retain its significant clients  or
that,  if it were  to lose one or  more of its significant  clients, it would be
able to replace such clients with  clients that generate a comparable amount  of
revenues. Consequently, the loss of one or more of its significant clients could
have  a material adverse effect on the Company's business, results of operations
or financial  condition.  See  "Business--Business Strategy,"  "--  Markets  and
Clients,"  and "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations."
 
    Substantially all of the Company's significant arrangements with its clients
generate revenues  based,  in  large part,  on  the  amount of  time  which  the
Company's personnel devotes to such clients' customers. Consequently, and due to
the  primarily inbound nature of the  Company's business, the amount of revenues
generated from  any particular  client is  generally dependent  upon  consumers'
interest  in, and use of, the  client's products and/or services. Furthermore, a
significant portion  of  the Company's  expected  revenues for  1996  relate  to
recently-introduced,  unproven  product or  service  offerings of  the Company's
clients, including two significant programs  developed for two of the  Company's
largest  clients. There can  be no assurance  as to the  number of consumers who
will be attracted to the products and services of the Company's clients and  who
will  therefore need the Company's services,  or that the Company's clients will
develop new products or services that will require the Company's services.
 
    MANAGEMENT OF GROWTH.   The Company  has experienced rapid  growth over  the
past  several years  and anticipates  continued future  growth. Continued growth
depends on a number of factors, including the Company's ability to (i) initiate,
develop  and  maintain  new  client  relationships  and  expand  its   marketing
operations,  (ii) recruit, motivate  and retain qualified  management and hourly
personnel, (iii)  rapidly  identify,  acquire  or  lease  suitable  Call  Center
facilities  on acceptable terms and complete  build-outs of such facilities in a
timely and economic fashion, and (iv) maintain the high quality of the  services
and  products that  it provides  to its  clients. The  Company's continued rapid
growth  can  be  expected  to  place  a  significant  strain  on  the  Company's
management,  operations, employees and resources. There can be no assurance that
the Company  will  be  able  to  maintain  or  accelerate  its  current  growth,
effectively  manage  its expanding  operations or  achieve  planned growth  on a
timely  or  profitable  basis.  If  the  Company  is  unable  to  manage  growth
effectively, its business, results of operations or financial condition could be
materially  adversely affected. See  "Business--Growth Strategy," "--Operations"
and "--Facilities."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED  WITH  THE  COMPANY'S  CONTRACTS.    Although  the  Company
currently  seeks to  sign multi-year contracts  with its  clients, the Company's
contracts do  not assure  the Company  a  specific level  of revenues  and  they
generally  do  not  designate  the Company  as  the  client's  exclusive service
provider. The Company believes  maintaining satisfactory relationships with  its
clients  has  a  more significant  impact  on  the Company's  revenues  than the
specific terms  of  its  client  contracts. Certain  of  the  Company's  current
contracts  (representing approximately 36% of  the Company's 1995 revenues) have
terms of one year or  less and there can be  no assurance that the clients  will
renew  or  extend  such  contracts. In  addition,  the  Company's  contracts are
terminable by its  clients on  relatively short  notice. Although  many of  such
contracts require payment of a contractually agreed amount in the event of early
termination, there can be no
 
                                       6

assurance  that the  Company will be  able to  collect such amount  or that such
amount, if received, will sufficiently compensate the Company for the investment
it has made to support the cancelled program or for the revenues it may lose  as
a  result of the early termination. In addition, some of the Company's contracts
limit the aggregate amount  the Company can charge  for its services during  the
term of the contract and several prohibit the Company from providing services to
a  direct competitor of  a client that  are similar to  the services the Company
provides to such client. Although a few of the Company's more recently  executed
contracts provide for annual increases in the rates paid by clients in the event
of  increases in certain cost or price  indices, most of the Company's contracts
do not include  such provisions and  some of the  contracts currently in  effect
provide  that the service fees  paid by clients may  be adjusted downward if the
performance objectives specified therein  are not attained or,  at least in  one
case,  in the event of a decrease in a price index. Furthermore, there can be no
assurance that the  adjustments based upon  increases in cost  or price  indices
will fully compensate the Company for increases in labor and other costs that it
may    experience    in    fulfilling   its    contractual    obligations.   See
"Business--Business Strategy,"  "--Services"  and "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON LABOR FORCE.   The Company's success  is largely dependent on
its ability  to  recruit,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  employees.  The
Company's  industry is very  labor intensive and  has experienced high personnel
turnover. A significant increase in  the Company's employee turnover rate  could
increase  the  Company's recruiting  and training  costs and  decrease operating
effectiveness and productivity. Also, the addition of significant new clients or
the implementation  of  new large-scale  programs  may require  the  Company  to
recruit, hire and train qualified personnel at an accelerated rate. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able to continue to hire, train and retain
sufficient  qualified personnel to adequately  staff new customer care programs.
Because a significant portion of the  Company's operating costs relate to  labor
costs,  an increase  in wages,  costs of  employee benefits  or employment taxes
could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results  of
operations  or  financial  condition.  In  addition,  certain  of  the Company's
facilities are  located in  geographic areas  with relatively  low  unemployment
rates,  thus potentially making  it more difficult and  costly to hire qualified
personnel. See  "Business--Human  Resources" and  "Management's  Discussion  and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY PERSONNEL.  The Company's success to date has depended in
large part  on the  skills and  efforts  of Kenneth  D. Tuchman,  the  Company's
founder, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer. There can
be  no assurance that the Company will be able to hire or retain the services of
other officers  or key  employees. The  loss  of Mr.  Tuchman or  the  Company's
inability  to hire or retain  such other officers or  key employees could have a
material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business, results  of operations  or
financial  condition. The Company's success and  achievement of its growth plans
depend on its ability to recruit, hire, train and retain other highly  qualified
technical  and  managerial  personnel,  including  individuals  with significant
experience in  the industries  targeted by  the Company.  The inability  of  the
Company  to attract and retain the  necessary technical and managerial personnel
could have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results  of
operations or financial condition. See "Management."
 
    DEPENDENCE  ON  KEY  INDUSTRIES.   The  Company's  clients  are concentrated
primarily in the  telecommunications, technology  and transportation  industries
and,  to a lesser extent, the health care and financial services industries. The
Company's business and growth is largely  dependent on the continued demand  for
the  Company's  services  from  these  industries  and  current  trends  in such
industries to  outsource  certain customer  care  services. A  general  economic
downturn  in any of these  industries or a slowdown or  reversal of the trend in
any of these industries to outsource certain customer care services could have a
material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business, results  of operations  or
financial  condition.  Additionally, a  substantial  percentage of  the revenues
generated by clients in the telecommunications industry relate to the  Company's
provision  of legally required third-party verification of long-distance service
sales. The elimination of  this requirement as  a result of  changes in the  law
could  have  a material  adverse effect  on the  Company's business,  results of
operations or  financial  condition.  See  "Business--Industry  Background"  and
"--Markets and Clients."
 
    RISK  OF BUSINESS INTERRUPTION.  The Company's operations are dependent upon
its ability  to  protect  its  Call  Centers,  computer  and  telecommunications
equipment and software systems against damage from fire,
 
                                       7

power  loss, telecommunications  interruption or  failure, natural  disaster and
other similar  events. In  the  event the  Company  experiences a  temporary  or
permanent  interruption at  one or more  of its Call  Centers, through casualty,
operating malfunction or otherwise, the  Company's business could be  materially
adversely affected and the Company may be required to pay contractual damages to
some  clients or allow some clients  to terminate or renegotiate their contracts
with the Company. While the Company maintains property and business interruption
insurance, such  insurance may  not adequately  compensate the  Company for  all
losses that it may incur. See "Business--Operations."
 
    RISKS  ASSOCIATED  WITH  TECHNOLOGY.    The  Company's  business  is  highly
dependent on its computer and telecommunications equipment and software systems.
The  Company's  failure  to  maintain  the  superiority  of  its   technological
capabilities  or to  respond effectively to  technological changes  could have a
material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business, results  of operations  or
financial  condition. The Company's future success also will be highly dependent
upon its ability  to enhance  existing services  and introduce  new services  or
products  to respond  to changing  technological developments.  There can  be no
assurance that the Company can successfully develop and bring to market any  new
services  or products in a timely manner, that such services or products will be
commercially successful or that competitors'  technologies or services will  not
render  the  Company's  products  or services  noncompetitive  or  obsolete. See
"Business--Technology."
 
    COMPETITION.  The market in which the Company competes is highly competitive
and fragmented. The Company expects competition to persist and intensify in  the
future.   The  Company's  competitors  include  small  firms  offering  specific
applications, divisions of  large entities,  large independent  firms and,  most
significantly, the in-house operations of clients or potential clients. A number
of competitors have or may develop greater capabilities and resources than those
of the Company. Similarly, there can be no assurance that additional competitors
with  greater resources  than the Company  will not enter  the Company's market.
Because the  Company's  primary  competitors  are  the  in-house  operations  of
existing  or potential  clients, the Company's  performance and  growth could be
negatively impacted if its existing clients decide to provide in-house  customer
care  services that currently  are outsourced or if  potential clients retain or
increase their in-house  customer service and  product support capabilities.  In
addition,  competitive pressures from current  or future competitors could cause
the Company's services to lose market acceptance or result in significant  price
erosion,  with a material adverse effect upon the Company's business, results of
operations or financial condition. See "Business--Competition."
 
    RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH ACQUISITIONS AND JOINT VENTURES.  One component of the
Company's growth strategy is to pursue strategic acquisitions of companies  that
have  services, products,  technologies, industry  specializations or geographic
coverage that extend or complement the Company's existing business. There can be
no assurance that the Company will be able successfully to identify, acquire  on
favorable  terms or integrate  such companies. If  any acquisition is completed,
there can  be no  assurance that  such acquisition  will enhance  the  Company's
business,  results of operations or financial  condition. The Company may in the
future face  increased  competition  for acquisition  opportunities,  which  may
inhibit  the  Company's ability  to  consummate suitable  acquisitions  on terms
favorable to  the  Company.  A  substantial portion  of  the  Company's  capital
resources, including proceeds from the Offering, could be used for acquisitions.
The  Company  may  require  additional  debt  or  equity  financing  for  future
acquisitions, which financing  may not be  available on terms  favorable to  the
Company,  if at all. As part of its growth strategy, the Company may also pursue
opportunities to undertake strategic  alliances in the  form of joint  ventures.
Joint  ventures  involve many  of the  same  risks as  acquisitions, as  well as
additional risks associated with possible lack of control of the joint ventures.
See "Business--Growth Strategy."
 
    The Company recently acquired Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited,  an
Australian  company ("Access 24"). Certain of Access 24's services, now provided
as part of the Company's health  care and financial services strategic  business
units  ("SBUs"),  differ  from  the  traditional  outsourcing  services  of  the
Company's United States business. The Company also recently entered into a joint
venture with  a  subsidiary of  PPP  Healthcare  Group plc  ("PPP")  to  provide
services  in the United Kingdom and Ireland  similar to those provided by Access
24. The anticipated benefits of the Access 24 acquisition and the joint  venture
with
 
                                       8

PPP,  including the successful offering in the United States of services similar
to those provided by Access 24, may not be achieved. See "Business--Markets  and
Clients--Health  Care," "Business--Markets and  Clients--Financial Services" and
"Business--International Operations."
 
    RISK ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS AND EXPANSION.  As a result of
the recent acquisition of Access 24 and the joint venture with PPP, the  Company
now  conducts business in the  United Kingdom, Australia and  New Zealand. A key
component of  the  Company's  growth strategy  is  its  continued  international
expansion.  There can be no assurance that the Company will be able successfully
to market, sell and  deliver its services in  international markets, or that  it
will be able successfully to acquire companies, or integrate acquired companies,
to  expand  international  operations.  In  addition,  there  are  certain risks
inherent in conducting  international business, including  exposure to  currency
fluctuations, longer payment cycles, greater difficulties in accounts receivable
collection, difficulties in complying with a variety of foreign laws, unexpected
changes  in  regulatory  requirements,  difficulties  in  staffing  and managing
foreign  operations,   political  instability   and  potentially   adverse   tax
consequences.  There can be no  assurance that one or  more of such factors will
not have a  material adverse  effect on the  Company's international  operations
and, consequently, on the Company's business, results of operations or financial
condition. See "Business-- Growth Strategy" and "--International Operations."
 
    VARIABILITY  OF QUARTERLY OPERATING  RESULTS.  The  Company has experienced,
and in the future could experience, quarterly variations in revenues as a result
of a  variety of  factors, many  of  which are  outside the  Company's  control,
including:  the timing of  new contracts; the  timing of new  product or service
offerings or modifications in client  strategies; the expiration or  termination
of  existing contracts; the timing of  increased expenses incurred to obtain and
support new business;  changes in the  Company's revenue mix  among its  various
service  offerings;  and  the  seasonal pattern  of  certain  of  the businesses
serviced by the  Company. In  addition, the Company's  planned staffing  levels,
investments  and other operating expenditures are based on revenue forecasts. If
revenues are below expectations  in any given  quarter, the Company's  operating
results  would likely  be materially  adversely affected  for that  quarter. See
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations--Quarterly Results."
 
    GOVERNMENT  REGULATION.   Because  the  Company's current  business consists
primarily of responding to inbound telephone calls, it is not highly  regulated.
However,  in  connection  with  the  limited  amount  of  outbound telemarketing
services that it provides,  the Company is required  to comply with the  Federal
Communications   Commission's  rules   under  the   Federal  Telephone  Consumer
Protection Act of 1991 and the Federal Trade Commission's regulations under  the
Federal  Telemarketing and Consumer Fraud and Abuse Prevention Act of 1994, both
of which govern telephone solicitation. In the event that the Company decides to
expand its outbound  telemarketing services,  such rules  and regulations  would
apply  to a larger percentage of  the Company's business. Furthermore, there may
be  additional  federal   or  state  legislation,   or  changes  in   regulatory
implementation,  that limit the activities of the  Company or its clients in the
future or  significantly  increase the  cost  of compliance.  Additionally,  the
Company  could be responsible for its failure, or the failure of its clients, to
comply with regulations applicable to its clients.
 
    CONTROL BY PRINCIPAL  STOCKHOLDER.   Following completion  of the  Offering,
Kenneth  D.  Tuchman,  the  Company's Chairman,  President  and  Chief Executive
Officer, will beneficially own approximately 72.1% of the outstanding shares  of
Common  Stock  (approximately  70.5%  if  the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  is
exercised in full). As a result, Mr.  Tuchman will continue to be able to  elect
the  entire Board of Directors  of the Company and  to control substantially all
other matters  requiring  action  by the  Company's  stockholders.  Such  voting
concentration  may have  the effect  of discouraging,  delaying or  preventing a
change in control of the Company. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
    NO PRIOR PUBLIC MARKET AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE.  Prior to the
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock, and there can be
no assurance that an active public market  for the Common Stock will develop  or
be sustained after the Offering. The initial public offering price of the Common
Stock  offered hereby was determined by negotiations between the Company and the
Underwriters based upon several factors. See "Underwriters" for a discussion  of
the  factors considered  in determining the  initial public  offering price. The
market price of  the Common  Stock is  likely to  be highly  volatile and  could
 
                                       9

be subject to wide fluctuations in response to quarterly variations in operating
results, announcements of new contracts or contract cancellations, announcements
of  technological innovations or new products or  services by the Company or its
competitors, changes  in financial  estimates by  securities analysts  or  other
events  or factors.  In addition, the  stock market  has experienced significant
price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the market  prices
of equity securities of many companies and that have often been unrelated to the
operating  performance of  such companies.  These broad  market fluctuations may
adversely affect the market  price of the Common  Stock. In the past,  following
periods  of volatility in the market price of a company's securities, securities
class action litigation has  often been instituted against  such a company.  Any
such litigation instigated against the Company could result in substantial costs
and  a diversion  of management's  attention and  resources, which  could have a
material adverse  effect on  the Company's  business, results  of operations  or
financial condition.
 
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE.  The sale of a substantial number of shares
of  Common Stock, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely
affect prevailing market prices  of the Common Stock.  The Company is unable  to
make  any prediction as to the effect, if any, that future sales of Common Stock
or the availability of Common Stock for sale may have on the market price of the
Common Stock prevailing from time  to time. In addition,  any such sale or  such
perception  could  make  it  more  difficult  for  the  Company  to  sell equity
securities or equity related securities in the  future at a time and price  that
the Company deems appropriate. Upon completion of the Offering, the Company will
have  outstanding an aggregate  of 55,046,240 shares  of Common Stock, excluding
shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding options. The Common
Stock offered hereby will be freely  tradeable (other than by an "affiliate"  of
the Company as such term is defined under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act")) without restriction or registration under the Securities
Act. All remaining outstanding shares of Common Stock may be sold under Rule 144
or  Regulation S  promulgated under the  Securities Act, subject  to the holding
period, volume, manner of sale and other restrictions of Rule 144 or  Regulation
S  and  subject  in  certain  cases  to  180-day  lock-up  agreements  with  the
Underwriters. See "Description  of Capital Stock,"  "Shares Eligible for  Future
Sale" and "Underwriters."
 
    DILUTION.   Investors  participating in  the Offering  will incur immediate,
substantial  dilution.  To  the  extent  outstanding  options  to  purchase  the
Company's  Common  Stock  are exercised,  there  will be  further  dilution. See
"Dilution."
 
    ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS.  The Board of Directors has the authority to issue
up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred  stock and to determine the price,  rights,
preferences,  privileges  and restrictions,  including  voting rights,  of those
shares without any vote or action by the stockholders. The rights of the holders
of the Common Stock will  be subject to, and may  be adversely affected by,  the
rights  of the holders of any preferred stock  that may be issued in the future.
The issuance of the  preferred stock, while  providing desirable flexibility  in
connection  with possible acquisitions and  other corporate purposes, could have
the effect of making it more difficult  for a third party to acquire a  majority
of  the outstanding voting stock of the Company. The Company has no present plan
to  issue  any  additional  shares  of  preferred  stock.  Furthermore,  certain
provisions  of the Company's  Restated Certificate of  Incorporation and By-laws
and of Delaware  law could delay  or make  difficult a merger,  tender offer  or
proxy contest involving the Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                       10

                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net proceeds to TeleTech from the sale of the 4,000,000 shares of Common
Stock  being offered by  TeleTech are estimated  to be approximately $         ,
after deducting underwriting  discounts and commissions  and estimated  offering
expenses.  TeleTech will  not receive  any proceeds from  the sale  of shares of
Common  Stock  by   the  Selling  Stockholders.   See  "Principal  and   Selling
Stockholders." TeleTech intends to use the net proceeds it will receive from the
Offering primarily for working capital and general corporate purposes, including
the  purchase  of  computer  hardware  and software  needed  to  equip  and open
additional Call Centers and expand existing Call Centers. In addition,  TeleTech
intends  to  use  a  portion  of  the net  proceeds  of  the  Offering  to repay
outstanding short-term indebtedness  under its $15  million unsecured  revolving
line of credit, which expires on May 31, 1998. Outstanding borrowings under this
line  of credit bear interest at various rates, selected by TeleTech at the time
a draw is made. On May 17, 1996,  a total of $6.0 million was outstanding  under
this  line of credit, of which $3.5 million  bears interest at a rate of 6.6875%
and $2.5  million bears  interest  at a  rate of  6.63%.  The proceeds  of  such
outstanding  indebtedness  have  been  used by  TeleTech  for  general corporate
purposes. See note 6 to the Financial Statements. A portion of the net  proceeds
also  may be used  for the acquisition of  businesses, products and technologies
that extend or complement TeleTech's existing business; however, TeleTech has no
current plans, agreements  or commitments and  is not currently  engaged in  any
negotiations  with respect to any such  transaction. Pending such uses, TeleTech
plans to  invest  the  net proceeds,  other  than  net proceeds  used  to  repay
short-term indebtedness, in investment grade, interest bearing securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    In  1995 TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately $452,000 to its principal
stockholder. TeleTech does not  expect to pay dividends  on its Common Stock  in
1996  or in the foreseeable future. The  Board of Directors anticipates that all
cash flow generated from operations in  the foreseeable future will be  retained
and  used  to develop  and  expand TeleTech's  business.  Any future  payment of
dividends  will  depend  upon   TeleTech's  results  of  operations,   financial
condition,  cash requirements and other factors  deemed relevant by the Board of
Directors.
 
                                       11

                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The following table sets forth as of March 31, 1996 the Company's (i) actual
short-term debt and capitalization, (ii) short-term debt and capitalization on a
pro forma basis after giving effect to the Preferred Stock Conversion and  (iii)
short-term  debt and  capitalization as adjusted  to reflect the  sale of Common
Stock offered hereby (at an assumed initial offering price of $       per  share
and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the
Offering  expenses  payable  by the  Company)  and  the application  of  the net
proceeds therefrom as described herein under "Use of Proceeds."
 


                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                         ----------------------------------------
                                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                          ACTUAL      PRO FORMA     AS ADJUSTED
                                                                         ---------  -------------  --------------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED, IN THOUSANDS)
                                                                                          
Short-term debt and current portion of long-term debt..................  $   5,819    $   5,819
                                                                         ---------  -------------
                                                                         ---------  -------------
Long-term debt, net of current portion (1).............................  $   6,536    $   6,536
                                                                         ---------  -------------
Mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock, par value $6.45 per
 share (2).............................................................     13,079           --
Stockholders' equity:
  Common stock, par value $.002 per share (3)..........................         83          102
  Additional paid-in capital...........................................      7,401       20,461
  Cumulative translation adjustment....................................        141          141
  Restricted stock.....................................................       (380)        (380)
  Retained earnings....................................................      2,584        2,584
                                                                         ---------  -------------
    Total stockholders' equity.........................................      9,829       22,908
                                                                         ---------  -------------
      Total capitalization.............................................  $  29,444    $  29,444
                                                                         ---------  -------------
                                                                         ---------  -------------

 
- ---------
(1) See notes 4, 5 and 7 to the Financial Statements contained elsewhere  herein
    for information regarding the Company's long-term debt.
 
(2)  The 1,860,000 shares of mandatorily redeemable convertible preferred stock,
    including accrued dividends thereon of $1.1 million, will be converted  into
    9,300,000  shares of Common  Stock. See note 11  to the Financial Statements
    contained elsewhere herein.
 
(3) Does not  include 7,750,000 shares  reserved for issuance  upon exercise  of
    outstanding  options  under  the  TeleTech Holdings,  Inc.  Stock  Plan (the
    "Option Plan") and the TeleTech  Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option  Plan
    (the  "Directors Option Plan") and for  future awards thereunder. At May 15,
    1996, options to acquire 4,743,500 shares were outstanding under the  Option
    Plan  and  options  to acquire  225,000  shares were  outstanding  under the
    Directors Option Plan, which options have a weighted average exercise  price
    of    $4.68   per   share   and   $5.00   per   share,   respectively.   See
    "Management--Compensation of Directors," "Management--Executive
    Compensation" and "TeleTech Stock Option Plan."
 
                                       12

                                    DILUTION
 
    The net tangible book value of TeleTech  as of March 31, 1996, after  giving
effect  to the five-for-one stock split  and the Preferred Stock Conversion, was
$16,635,826, or $0.33 per share of  Common Stock. "Net tangible book value"  per
share  is equal to the aggregate tangible  assets of TeleTech less its aggregate
liabilities, divided by the total number  of shares of Common Stock  outstanding
on March 31, 1996. After giving effect to the estimated net proceeds to TeleTech
of  the Offering, the pro forma net tangible  book value of TeleTech as of March
31, 1996 would have been approximately $       , or $       per share of  Common
Stock.  This represents  an immediate  increase in  net tangible  book value per
share of $          to existing stockholders  and an immediate  dilution in  net
tangible  book value per share of $         to purchasers of Common Stock in the
Offering, as illustrated in the following table:
 

                                                                               
Assumed initial public offering price per share.........................             $
Net tangible book value per share at March 31, 1996.....................  $    0.33
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new
 investors..............................................................
                                                                          ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering..........             $
                                                                                     ----------
Dilution per share to new investors.....................................             $
                                                                                     ----------
                                                                                     ----------

 
    TeleTech has  reserved 7,750,000  shares  of Common  Stock, as  adjusted  to
reflect the five-for-one stock split of the Company's Common Stock, for issuance
upon  exercise of  outstanding options  and future awards.  As of  May 15, 1996,
there were outstanding options to purchase  an aggregate of 4,743,500 shares  of
Common  Stock under the  Option Plan, at  a weighted average  price of $4.68 per
share, and outstanding  options to purchase  an aggregate of  225,000 shares  of
Common  Stock under the Directors Option Plan, at a price of $5.00 per share. Of
the foregoing, options  to purchase  an aggregate  of 472,085  shares of  Common
Stock  are  currently  exercisable.  See  "Management--Stock  Option  Plan"  and
"Management--Compensation of Directors."
 
    The following table sets forth as  of May 15, 1996 the relative  investments
of the existing TeleTech stockholders and of the new investors, giving pro forma
effect  to (i)  the sale  by TeleTech of  4,000,000 shares  and the  sale by the
Selling Stockholders  of 2,000,000  shares  of the  Common Stock  being  offered
hereby, at an assumed offering price of $       per share, (ii) the five-for-one
stock split and (iii) consummation of the Preferred Stock Conversion:
 


                                                        SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                                    -------------------------  --------------------------  AVERAGE PRICE
                                                       NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT      PER SHARE
                                                    ------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                                            
Existing stockholders.............................    49,046,240          89%  $                        %  $
New investors.....................................     6,000,000          11%                           %
                                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----
    Total.........................................    55,046,240         100%  $                     100%
                                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----   -------------
                                                    ------------       -----   -------------       -----   -------------

 
    The  foregoing table assumes no exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment
option and no exercise of the options outstanding at May 15, 1996. To the extent
that any of such options  are exercised, there will  be further dilution to  new
investors.
 
                                       13

                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following selected  financial data should  be read  in conjunction with
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations"  and  the  Financial  Statements  and  the  related  notes appearing
elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus.  The  following  table  presents  selected  (a)
consolidated  and combined  financial data for  TeleTech for (i)  the year ended
January 31, 1992, which  have been derived  from reviewed financial  statements;
(ii)  the year  ended January  31, 1993,  which have  been derived  from audited
financial statements; (iii)  the eleven  months ended December  31, 1993,  which
have been derived from financial statements (including those set forth elsewhere
in  this  Prospectus)  that  have  been  audited  by  Gumbiner,  Savett, Finkel,
Fingleson &  Rose,  Inc.,  independent public  accountants  (formerly  Gumbiner,
Savett, Friedman and Rose, Inc.); (iv) each of the two years in the period ended
December  31, 1995, which are derived from financial statements (including those
set forth  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus)  that  have been  audited  by  Arthur
Andersen  LLP, independent  public accountants; and  (v) the  three months ended
March 31, 1995 and 1996; and (b) unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data
for the year ended December 31, 1995. The selected financial data for the  three
months  ended  March 31,  1995  and 1996  are  derived from  unaudited financial
statements  that,  in  the  opinion  of  management,  include  all  adjustments,
consisting  principally  of  normal  recurring accruals,  necessary  for  a fair
presentation of such data. The results for the three months ended March 31, 1996
are not necessarily indicative of the results expected for the full fiscal year.
 


                                                                 ELEVEN
                                                                 MONTHS                                          THREE MONTHS
                                              YEAR ENDED         ENDED           YEAR ENDED                         ENDED
                                              JANUARY 31,       DECEMBER        DECEMBER 31,                      MARCH 31,
                                          -------------------  31,          --------------------               ----------------
                                                       1993       1993         1994       1995                  1995     1996
                                                      -------  ----------   ----------   -------               -------  -------
                                                                                                     PRO
                                                                                                  FORMA (1)
                                                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                            1992                                                   DECEMBER
                                          ---------                                               31,
                                                                                                     1995
                                          (UNAUDITED)                                             ----------
                                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AND OPERATING DATA)
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues................................  $ 5,751     $13,814  $19,520      $   35,462   $50,467  $60,706      $10,412  $22,019
  Costs of services.....................    2,703       7,324   10,726          17,406    27,246   31,239        5,469   11,194
  SG&A expenses.........................    3,380       6,240    7,956          15,860    18,625   24,908        4,329    8,102
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Income (loss) from operations...........     (332)        250      837           2,196     4,596    4,559          614    2,723
Other income (expenses).................      707        (125)    (299)           (481)    2,489(2)   2,784(2)   2,338(2)    (464)
Provision for income taxes..............     (161)        (73)      10             (20)   (2,929)  (3,353)      (1,324)  (1,001)
                                          ---------   -------  ----------   ----------   -------  ----------   -------  -------
Net income..............................      214          52      548           1,695     4,156(2)   3,990(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income....................      214          52      299(3)        1,037(3)   4,156(2)   3,990(2)   1,628(2)   1,258
Pro forma net income per share of Common
 Stock and equivalents (4)..............       --          --      .01(3)          .02(3)     .08(2)     .07(2)     .03(2)     .02
Weighted average shares outstanding
 (4)....................................   44,085      44,085   44,085          44,085    54,658   54,658       54,586   54,682
 
OPERATING DATA:
  Number of Call Centers................        1           1        2               2         3                     3        9
  Number of workstations................      300         300      560             560       960                   960    3,107

 
                                       14



                                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                              JANUARY 31,                  DECEMBER 31,                           ----------------------
                        ------------------------  -------------------------------                                PRO
                                         1993       1993       1994       1995                     ACTUAL     FORMA (5)
                                       ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------                 ---------  -----------
                                                                                     PRO FORMA
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                            1992                                                     1995 (1)
                        -------------                                              -------------
                         (UNAUDITED)                                                (UNAUDITED)        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                     
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
 (deficit)............    $     221    $    (250) $    (228) $    (780) $  11,305    $   8,341    $   5,380   $   5,380
Total assets..........        2,238        4,617     12,034     10,102     30,583       39,882       49,454      49,454
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion......          828        1,416      3,528      2,463      3,590        5,468        6,536       6,536
Total stockholders'
 equity...............          338          394        942      2,197      3,791        8,220        9,829      22,908
 

                        PRO FORMA AS
                        ADJUSTED (6)
                        -------------
                     
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital
 (deficit)............    $
Total assets..........
Long-term debt, net of
 current portion......
Total stockholders'
 equity...............

 
- ------------
(1) Reflects the consolidated operating results and financial position of Access
    24 and  its  subsidiaries, which  were  acquired by  the  Company  effective
    January  1, 1996, as  if such acquisition  had been completed  on January 1,
    1995. Costs and expenses of Access  24 have been reflected, for purposes  of
    this presentation, as costs of services.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former  client  to  TeleTech  in  connection  with  such  client's  early
    termination of a contract.
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes  a
    provision  for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
(4) Calculated in the manner described in note 1 to the Financial Statements.
 
(5) Reflects  the  conversion  of  1,860,000  shares  of  Preferred  Stock  into
    9,300,000 shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion.
 
(6)  Reflects the  sale of  4,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock being  offered by
    TeleTech at an assumed initial price to public of $       per share (net  of
    approximately  $   million of  estimated offering  expenses and underwriting
    discounts and commissions) and the application of the estimated net proceeds
    therefrom, including  repayment  of  short-term indebtedness.  See  "Use  of
    Proceeds" and "Capitalization."
 
                                       15

             PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
    The  following unaudited  pro forma consolidated  condensed income statement
gives effect to the acquisition of Access 24 as if it had occurred on January 1,
1995 and does not purport to represent what the Company's results of  operations
actually would have been if such transactions had in fact occurred on such date.
See "Business--International Operations." The pro forma adjustments are based on
currently  available information  and upon  certain assumptions  that management
believes are reasonable  under current  circumstances. The  unaudited pro  forma
consolidated  financial  information and  accompanying notes  should be  read in
conjunction with the Financials  Statements and the  related notes thereto,  and
other  financial information pertaining  to the Company  and Access 24 including
"Management's Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of
Operations" and "Business--International Operations," included elsewhere in this
Prospectus.
 


                                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                             ------------------------------------
                                                                             TELETECH
                                                                             ---------   ACCESS 24     PRO FORMA
                                                                                        ------------  -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                             
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:                                                               DATA)
Revenues...................................................................  $  50,467  $  10,239      $  60,706
Operating expenses.........................................................     45,871     10,276(1)      56,147
                                                                             ---------  ------------  -----------
Income (loss) from operations..............................................      4,596        (37)         4,559
Other income...............................................................      2,489        295          2,784
Provision for income taxes.................................................     (2,929)      (424)        (3,353)
                                                                             ---------  ------------  -----------
Net income (loss)..........................................................  $   4,156  $    (166)     $   3,990
                                                                             ---------  ------------  -----------
                                                                             ---------  ------------  -----------
Pro forma net income per share.............................................  $     .08                 $     .07
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per share (2)................     54,658                    54,658

 
- ---------
(1)  Includes  amortization of  $422,000 of  goodwill  arising on  the Company's
    acquisition of Access 24, approximately $300,000 associated with the opening
    of a  Call Center  in the  United Kingdom  and a  $141,000 write-off  of  an
    unrecoverable loan associated with the disposition of an unrelated business.
 
(2) Includes outstanding shares of common stock and common stock equivalents.
 
                                       16

               MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                      CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
OVERVIEW
 
    TeleTech  generates its revenues by  providing customer care solutions, both
from TeleTech-owned Call Centers (traditional outsourcing) and client-owned Call
Centers (facilities management).  The Company  normally bills  for its  services
based  on the amount  of time Representatives  devote to a  client's program and
revenues are typically recognized as services are provided. The Company seeks to
enter into multi-year contracts that cannot be terminated early except upon  the
payment  of a  contractually agreed  amount. In  1995, revenues  from multi-year
contracts represented 64%  of total revenues.  In the second  half of 1995,  the
Company  signed  large,  multi-year  contracts with  United  Parcel  Service and
CompuServe and obtained  additional business from  AT&T for programs  commencing
principally  in  the  first  quarter of  1996.  Accordingly,  management expects
revenues from multi-year contracts to increase as a percentage of total revenues
in 1996.
 
    TeleTech's profitability  is significantly  influenced  by its  Call  Center
capacity utilization. The Company seeks to optimize new and existing Call Center
capacity  utilization during both peak and  off-peak (night and weekend) periods
to achieve  maximum  fixed cost  absorption.  The Company  carefully  plans  the
development  and opening  of new Call  Centers to minimize  the financial impact
resulting from excess capacity.
 
    The Company records  costs specifically associated  with client programs  as
costs  of services. These costs, which  include direct labor wages and benefits,
telecommunication charges,  sales commissions  and certain  facility costs,  are
primarily  variable  in  nature.  All other  expenses  of  operations, including
expenses attributable to technology support, sales and marketing, human resource
management and  other  administrative  functions  and  Call  Center  operational
expenses  that are not  allocable to specific programs  are recorded as selling,
general and administrative ("SG&A")  expenses. SG&A expenses  tend to be  either
semi-variable  or fixed in  nature. Historically, the  majority of the Company's
operating expenses have  consisted of labor  costs. Accordingly,  Representative
wage  rates, which comprise the majority of the Company's labor costs, have been
and are expected to continue to be a key component of the Company's expenses.
 
    The cost  characteristics  of TeleTech's  traditional  outsourcing  programs
differ  significantly from the cost characteristics of its facilities management
programs. Under facilities management  programs, Call Centers  are owned by  the
client  but  are  staffed  and  managed  by  TeleTech.  Accordingly,  facilities
management programs have higher  costs of services as  a percentage of  revenues
and lower SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenues than traditional outsourcing
programs.  As a result, the  Company expects that its  overall gross margin will
fluctuate as revenues attributable to  traditional outsourcing programs vary  in
proportion  to revenues attributable to facilities management programs. Based on
the foregoing, management believes that, for purposes of measuring profitability
on a period-to-period basis, operating  margin, which is income from  operations
expressed as a percentage of revenues, may be less subject to fluctuation as the
proportion  of  the  Company's business  portfolio  attributable  to outsourcing
contracts versus facilities management contracts changes.
 
    TeleTech's revenues and income from operations have grown significantly over
the past three years. During this period, the Company's revenues have grown from
$19.5 million for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993 to $50.5 million for the
year ended December  31, 1995 and  operating margin has  increased from 4.3%  in
1993  to 9.1%  in 1995. In  the first  quarter of 1996,  the Company's operating
margin rose  to  12.4%. Management  attributes  this growth  to  the  successful
implementation  of  the  Company's strategy  of  developing  long-term strategic
relationships with  large  corporate  clients in  targeted  industries  and  the
Company's  resulting ability  to spread  its fixed  costs over  a larger revenue
base.
 
    The Company acquired  Access 24  and its subsidiaries  effective January  1,
1996  for consideration of $2.3 million cash and 970,240 shares of Common Stock.
Access 24's consolidated  results of  operations are included  in the  Company's
operating  results beginning with  the first quarter of  1996. The operations of
Access 24, which consist of inbound, client-branded customer care services, have
been substantially integrated  into TeleTech's operations.  Access 24  typically
bills its clients monthly, based on the number of
 
                                       17

customers  enrolled in  a client's  program, pursuant  to multi-year agreements.
Access 24 is headquartered in Sydney,  Australia with Call Centers in  Australia
and New Zealand. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in Access 24
Limited,  the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary  that owns and operates a Call
Center in London, for $3.8 million to PPP Healthcare Group plc, a subsidiary  of
a  large private health  insurer in the United  Kingdom. The Company anticipates
recognizing an after-tax gain of approximately $1.6 million on this sale in  the
second  quarter of 1996. TeleTech  will account for its  investment in Access 24
Limited  as   an   unconsolidated   subsidiary.   See   "Business--International
Operations"  and the  Consolidated Financial  Statements of  Access 24 contained
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
    During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
not subject  to income  taxes. Pro  forma net  income includes  a provision  for
federal  income taxes  at an  effective rate  of 44.4%  for the  11 months ended
December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
    The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
 


                                                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             PERIOD ENDED DECEMBER 31,               MARCH 31,
                                                        ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                                                          1993(1)      1994         1995          1995        1996
                                                        -----------  ---------  ------------  ------------  ---------
                                                                                             
Revenues..............................................       100.0%      100.0%     100.0%        100.0%        100.0%
  Costs of services...................................        54.9        49.1       54.0          52.5          50.8
  SG&A expenses.......................................        40.8        44.7       36.9          41.6          36.8
Income from operations................................         4.3         6.2        9.1           5.9          12.4
Other income (expenses)...............................        (1.5)       (1.4)       4.9(2)       22.5(2)       (2.1)
Provision for income taxes (3)........................          --          --       (5.8)        (12.8)         (4.6)
Net income (3)........................................         2.8         4.8        8.2(2)       15.6(2)        5.7
Pro forma net income (3)..............................         1.5         2.9        8.2(2)       15.6(2)        5.7

 
- ---------
(1) Includes only eleven  months due to  a change in  the Company's fiscal  year
    end.
 
(2) Includes the $2.4 million pre-tax net proceeds of a one-time payment made by
    a  former client to TeleTech in the first quarter of 1995 in connection with
    such client's early termination of a contract (the "One-Time Payment").
 
(3) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes  a
    provision  for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995
 
    REVENUES.  Revenues increased $11.6 million, or 111.5%, to $22.0 million for
the first quarter of 1996 from $10.4 million for the first quarter of 1995. This
increase resulted from revenues of $9.6  million generated from new clients  and
$3.3  million in revenues of Access 24,  which was acquired in the first quarter
of 1996. These increases were  partially offset by loss  in revenues due to  the
expiration  of certain contracts. The Company's program for Continental Airlines
was completed  in March  1996 and,  due to  Continental's excess  in-house  call
center capacity, was not renewed. Revenues for the first quarter of 1996 reflect
the  first period  in which  the Burbank Call  Center, which  opened in February
1995, was fully  utilized and  additional capacity  in the  Denver Call  Center,
which was expanded in February 1996.
 
    COSTS  OF SERVICES.  Costs of services increased $5.7 million, or 104.7%, to
$11.2 million for  the first quarter  of 1996  from $5.5 million  for the  first
quarter  of 1995.  Costs of  services decreased as  a percentage  of revenues to
50.8% for the first quarter  of 1996 from 52.5% for  the first quarter of  1995.
This change was primarily due to increased productivity as revenues increased at
a faster rate than personnel costs.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $3.8 million,
or 87.2%, to $8.1 million  for the first quarter of  1996 from $4.3 million  for
the    first    quarter    of    1995.   As    a    percentage    of   revenues,
 
                                       18

SG&A expenses decreased to 36.8%  for the first quarter  of 1996 from 41.6%  for
the  first  quarter  of  1995  reflecting  economies  of  scale  associated with
spreading fixed  and  semi-variable  costs  over a  larger  revenue  base.  This
decrease primarily resulted from a 3.5% decrease in wage expense as a percentage
of revenues.
 
    INCOME  FROM OPERATIONS.  Operating income increased $2.1 million, or 343.2%
to $2.7 million in the first quarter of 1996 from $0.6 million during the  first
quarter of 1995. Operating income as a percentage of revenues increased to 12.4%
in the first quarter of 1996 from 5.9% in the same period in 1995.
 
    OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES).  Other income (expenses) decreased $2.8 million, or
(119.8%),  to ($464,000) million for the first quarter of 1996 from $2.3 million
for the  first  quarter of  1995.  This  decrease primarily  resulted  from  the
One-Time Payment.
 
    NET  INCOME.   As a  result of the  foregoing factors,  net income decreased
$370,000, or 27.7%,  to $1.3 million  for the  first quarter of  1996 from  $1.6
million  for  the first  quarter of  1995. Excluding  the One-Time  Payment, net
income for  the three  months ended  March 31,  1995 would  have been  $116,000.
Accordingly,  net income  would have increased  $1.1 million, or  984.5%, in the
first quarter of 1996 compared to the same period in 1995.
 
1995 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA 1995
 
    Pro forma  1995 reflects  the  combined operating  results of  TeleTech  and
Access 24, as if Access 24 had been acquired by TeleTech on January 1, 1995. For
the 12 months ended December 31, 1995, Access 24 had revenue of $10.2 million, a
loss  from operations of approximately  $37,000 and a net  loss of $166,000. The
results for such  period reflect  amortization of $422,000  of goodwill  arising
from  the Company's acquisition of Access 24, approximately $300,000 of expenses
associated with  the opening  of  a Call  Center in  the  United Kingdom  and  a
$141,000  write-off of an unrecoverable loan  associated with the disposition of
an unrelated business. On April 30, 1996, the Company sold a 50% interest in the
United Kingdom Call Center to PPP, a large private health insurer in the  United
Kingdom. See "Business--International Operations."
 
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues increased $15.0 million,  or 42.3%, to $50.5 million in
1995 from  $35.5  million in  1994,  reflecting  an increase  in  revenues  from
existing  clients of approximately $9.7 million and revenues from new clients of
approximately $7.6  million.  These  increases  were  partially  offset  by  the
expiration  without renewal of certain other client contracts. See "Other Income
(Expense)" below.
 
    COSTS OF SERVICES.  Costs of  services increased $9.8 million, or 56.5%,  to
$27.2  million in 1995 from $17.4 million in 1994. The increase resulted in part
from the opening in February 1995 of the Company's Burbank Call Center. Costs of
services also increased as a percentage of revenues to 54.0% in 1995 from  49.1%
in  1994. The new Call Center was  not fully utilized immediately after opening,
resulting in  an  increase  in  Call Center  expenses  without  a  corresponding
increase in revenues.
 
    SELLING,  GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $2.8 million,
or 17.4%, to $18.6 million in 1995  from $15.9 million in 1994. As a  percentage
of  revenues, SG&A  expenses decreased to  36.9% in  1995 from 44.7%  in 1994. A
substantial part of this change resulted  from a 4.0% reduction in wage  expense
as a percentage of revenues.
 
    INCOME  FROM OPERATIONS.  Income from  operations increased $2.4 million, or
109.3%, to $4.6 million in  1995 from $2.2 million  1994. Operating income as  a
percentage of revenues increased to 9.1% in 1995 from 6.2% in 1994.
 
    OTHER  INCOME (EXPENSES).  Other income (expenses) increased $3.0 million to
$2.5 million in 1995  from ($481,000) in 1994.  This increase resulted from  the
One-Time  Payment as well as increased interest income attributable to the $12.0
million proceeds received  by the Company  from the sale  of Preferred Stock  in
1995.
 
    NET  INCOME AND PRO FORMA NET INCOME.  Net income increased $2.5 million, or
145.2%, to $4.2 million in  1995 from $1.7 million in  1994. As a result of  the
foregoing factors, net income in 1995 increased $3.1
 
                                       19

million, or 300.7%, to $4.2 million from pro forma net income of $1.0 million in
1994.  Excluding the One-Time Payment, net income  for 1995 would have been $2.6
million. Accordingly, net income for 1995 would have increased $1.6 million,  or
60%, over pro forma income of $1.0 million for 1994.
 
1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
    During  1993,  the Company  changed its  fiscal  year to  December 31.  As a
result, the 1993 fiscal  year consists of the  eleven months ended December  31,
1993.
 
    REVENUES.   Revenues increased $15.9 million,  or 81.7%, to $35.5 million in
1994 from $19.5  million in  1993. This  increase consisted  primarily of  $14.2
million  of revenues  generated from  new clients,  with the  remaining increase
generated from existing clients. The increase reflects a full year of operations
of the Denver  Call Center,  which generated $13.9  million of  revenue in  1994
versus $2.9 million of revenue in 1993.
 
    COSTS  OF SERVICES.  Costs of services  increased $6.7 million, or 62.3%, to
$17.4 million in 1994 from $10.7 million in 1993. Costs of services decreased as
a percentage of  revenues to  49.1% in  1994 from 55.0%  in 1993.  Much of  this
percentage  decrease  resulted from  an increased  proportion of  services being
performed in 1994 for higher-margin client programs compared to in 1993.
 
    SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.  SG&A expenses increased $7.9  million,
or  99.3%, to  $15.9 million in  1994 from  $8.0 million in  1993. SG&A expenses
increased as a percentage of revenues to 44.7% in 1994 from 40.8% in 1993.  Much
of  this increase resulted  from increased compensation  expense associated with
growth in administrative functions necessary to support projected expansion.
 
    INCOME FROM OPERATIONS.  Income  from operations increased $1.4 million,  or
162.1%,  to $2.2 million  in 1994 from  $837,000 in 1993.  Operating income as a
percentage of revenues increased to 6.2% in 1994 from 4.3% in 1993.
 
    PRO FORMA NET INCOME.  As a result of the foregoing factors, and a  decrease
in  the effective tax  rate to 39.5% for  the year ended  December 31, 1994 from
44.4% for the 11 months ended December 31, 1993, pro forma net income  increased
$738,000, or 247.2%, to $1.0 million in 1994 from $299,000 in 1993.
 
QUARTERLY RESULTS
 
    The  information  set  forth  below  is  derived  from  unaudited  quarterly
operating results of the Company for each quarter of 1994 and 1995 and the first
quarter of 1996. The data has been prepared by the Company on a basis consistent
with the Financial Statements included elsewhere in this Prospectus and includes
all adjustments, consisting principally of  normal recurring accruals, that  the
Company  considers necessary  for a  fair presentation  thereof. These operating
results are not necessarily indicative of the Company's future performance.


                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                   --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        1994                                           1995
                                   ----------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
                                     MAR 31       JUN 30      SEP 30     DEC 31     MAR 31(1)    JUN 30     SEP 30     DEC 31
                                   -----------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
                                                                                              
Revenues.........................   $   8,976    $   8,406   $   8,080  $  10,000  $  10,412    $  11,879  $  12,692  $  15,484
  Costs of services..............       4,715        4,314       3,719      4,658      5,469        6,407      6,899      8,471
  SG&A expenses..................       3,556        4,014       3,702      4,588      4,329        4,265      4,575      5,456
Income from operations...........         705           78         659        754        614        1,207      1,218      1,557
Other income (expenses)..........        (118)        (154)       (102)      (107)     2,338(1)        35         38         78
Provision for income taxes.......         (15)           3          (2)        (6)    (1,324)        (449)      (394)      (762)
Net income.......................         572          (73)        555        641      1,628          793        862        873
Pro forma net income (2).........         359          (49)        336        391      1,628          793        862        873
Pro forma net income per share...         .01           --         .01        .01        .03          .01        .02        .02
Weighted average shares
 outstanding.....................      44,085       44,085      44,085     44,085     54,586       54,682     54,682     54,682
 

 
                                     1996
                                   ---------
                                    MAR 31
                                   ---------
 
                                
Revenues.........................  $  22,019
  Costs of services..............     11,194
  SG&A expenses..................      8,102
Income from operations...........      2,723
Other income (expenses)..........       (464)
Provision for income taxes.......     (1,001)
Net income.......................      1,258
Pro forma net income (2).........      1,258
Pro forma net income per share...        .02
Weighted average shares
 outstanding.....................     54,682

 
                                       20

    The following table sets forth certain income statement data as a percentage
of revenues:
 


                                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                            --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               1994                                         1995                       1996
                            -------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------  ---------
                             MAR 31     JUN 30     SEP 30      DEC 31     MAR 31     JUN 30     SEP 30     DEC 31     MAR 31
                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                          
Revenues..................      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%      100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%     100.0%
  Costs of services.......       52.5       51.3       46.0        46.6       52.5       53.9       54.4       54.7       50.8
  SG&A expenses...........       39.6       47.8       45.8        45.9       41.6       35.9       36.0       35.2       36.8
Income from operations....        7.9        0.9        8.2         7.5        5.9       10.2        9.6       10.1       12.4
Other income (expenses)...       (1.3)      (1.8)      (1.3)       (1.0)      22.4(1)       0.3       0.3       0.5       (2.1)
Provision for income
 taxes....................        0.2         --         --          --      (12.7)      (3.8)      (3.1)      (4.9)      (4.6)
Net income................        6.4       (0.9)       6.9         6.5       15.6(1)       6.7       6.8       5.7        5.7
Pro Forma net income......        4.0       (0.6)       4.2(2)        3.9(2)      15.6       6.7       6.8       5.7       5.7

 
- ---------
(1) Includes the One-Time Payment.
 
(2) During 1993 and 1994, the Company was an S corporation and, accordingly, was
    not subject  to  federal income  taxes.  Pro  forma net  income  includes  a
    provision  for income taxes at an effective  rate of 44.4% for the 11 months
    ended December 31, 1993 and 39.5% for the year ended December 31, 1994.
 
    The Company has  experienced and  in the future  could experience  quarterly
variations  in revenues as a  result of a variety of  factors, many of which are
outside the  Company's control,  including:  the timing  of new  contracts,  the
timing   of  new  product  or  service  offerings  or  modifications  in  client
strategies; the expiration or termination  of existing contracts; the timing  of
increased  expenses incurred to obtain and  support new business; changes in the
Company's revenue  mix among  its various  service offerings;  and the  seasonal
pattern  of certain of the businesses serviced  by the Company. In addition, the
Company's planned staffing levels, investments and other operating  expenditures
are  based on revenue forecasts. If revenues are below expectations in any given
quarter, the Company's  financial results would  likely be materially  adversely
affected for that quarter.
 
    For  the quarterly periods in 1994, revenues fluctuated principally due to a
reduction in services  provided for, and  the ultimate termination  of, a  large
client  program in the  first half of  1994. The decrease  in revenues from this
client program  was  partially  offset  by revenues  from  new  client  programs
throughout  1994 and  fully offset  in the  fourth quarter  of 1994  by revenues
relating to  increased services  for  new and  existing clients.  The  quarterly
revenue  increases  throughout  1995  and  the  first  quarter  of  1996 reflect
increased services provided for existing clients and the addition of certain new
programs.
 
    In 1994, costs  of services  declined from 52.5%  of revenues  in the  first
quarter  to 46.6%  in the  fourth quarter due  to the  implementation of certain
higher  margin  programs  as  well  as  the  lower  wages  that  were  paid   to
Representatives  during the training phase of several new programs. The increase
in costs of services  from 46.6% of  revenues in the fourth  quarter of 1994  to
52.5%  in the first quarter of 1995 resulted  from a change in the allocation of
certain costs  from SG&A  expenses to  costs of  services. For  the final  three
quarters  of 1995, costs of services ranged between 53.9% and 54.7% of revenues,
but declined to 50.8% in the first quarter of 1996 due to increased productivity
resulting from higher Call Center capacity utilization.
 
    SG&A expenses increased from 39.6% of revenues in the first quarter of  1994
to  47.8% in  the second  quarter of  1994 due  to a  lower revenue  base, costs
associated with the  relocation of  the Company's corporate  offices to  Denver,
Colorado and increased management staffing to support the Company's growth. SG&A
expenses  decreased  to 45.8%  of revenues  in  the third  quarter of  1994, due
principally to lower travel and advertising costs, and 45.9% of revenues in  the
fourth  quarter of  1994 as  fixed and  semi-variable costs  were spread  over a
larger revenue base.  Despite a  shift of certain  costs from  SG&A expenses  to
costs of services in the first quarter of 1995, SG&A expenses as a percentage of
revenues  were essentially unchanged due  to increased overhead costs associated
with establishing  the Company's  Burbank Call  Center without  a  corresponding
increase in revenues for the first quarter of 1995. Once the Burbank Call Center
became  fully operational  in the  second quarter  of 1995,  SG&A expenses  as a
percentage of revenues  ranged from 35.2%  to 36.8% from  the second quarter  of
1995 through the first quarter of 1996.
 
                                       21

    Income  from operations  fluctuated within  the quarterly  periods primarily
based  on  the  factors  noted  above.  Additionally,  other  income  (expenses)
increased  to $2.3  million in  the first  quarter of  1995 due  to the One-Time
Payment. The provision for  income taxes in the  first quarter of 1995  reflects
the  impacts  of  the  One-Time  Payment and  the  Company's  change  from  an S
corporation to a C corporation.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
    Historically, TeleTech has  funded its operations  and capital  expenditures
primarily  through cash flow from operations,  borrowings under several lines of
credit and the sale  of $12.0 million  of Preferred Stock  in January 1995.  The
Company  has a $15.0 million unsecured revolving operating line of credit, which
expires on May  31, 1998. Borrowings  under this line  bear interest at  various
rates  that are selected by TeleTech each time  a draw is made. At May 17, 1996,
outstanding borrowings  under  this facility  were  $6.0 million,  which  accrue
interest at rates varying from 6.63% to 6.6875%. Borrowings under this line have
been  made primarily  to fund  working capital. Under  this line  of credit, the
Company has agreed  to maintain certain  financial ratios and  has agreed  that,
during any fiscal year during which the line remains in place, it will not incur
operating  lease  expenses or  make investments  in fixed  assets or  in capital
leases in excess of $15.0 million in the aggregate.
 
    In addition,  the  Company  has  two  master  lease  agreements.  Under  one
agreement,  the Company may  lease equipment up  to an aggregate  value of $15.0
million. As of  March 31, 1996,  amounts outstanding under  this agreement  were
approximately  $3.4 million. Lease  rates under this agreement  are based upon a
125 basis  points spread  over  3-year U.S.  Treasury  notes. Under  the  second
agreement, the Company's borrowings are approved, and specific terms are set, on
a  case-by-case basis. As of March 31,  1996, the total amount outstanding under
this agreement was approximately $921,855.
 
    Cash provided by operating activities was $1.5 million for the first quarter
of 1996, $4.1 million in  1995 and $3.6 million in  1994. From the beginning  of
1994  through the first quarter  of 1996, the Company  generated an aggregate of
$9.3 million in cash from operating  activities, consisting of $12.0 million  of
total  net income before depreciation,  amortization and other non-cash charges,
offset in part by $(2.7) million changes in working capital. Changes in  working
capital  consist  primarily  of fluctuations  in  accounts  receivable, accounts
payable and accruals arising from the growth of the Company's operations.
 
    The amount of  cash used  by the Company  in investing  activities was  $3.0
million  for the first  quarter of 1996  and $12.1 million  and $1.9 million for
1995 and 1994, respectively. In the first quarter of 1996, the Company's capital
expenditures were $3.3 million and the Company used $2.3 million for the  Access
24  acquisition while short-term investments decreased by $2.5 million. In 1995,
the  Company's  capital  expenditures  were  $1.7  million  and  the   Company's
short-term investments increased by $10.4 million. In 1994, capital expenditures
were  $1.9  million. Historically,  capital expenditures  have been,  and future
capital expenditures are  anticipated to  be, primarily for  the development  of
Call  Center facilities and the acquisition of equipment to support expansion of
the Company's existing  Call Centers and  expansion of and  improvements to  the
Company's  call and data management  systems and management information systems.
Capital expenditures, including  new capital  leases, equaled  $5.8 million  and
$2.1  million in 1995  and 1994, respectively. The  Company currently expects to
make capital expenditures in 1996 of approximately $26 million, $3.3 million  of
which was spent during the first quarter.
 
    Cash provided by financing activities for the first quarter of 1996 was $2.1
million, representing borrowings on the Company's line of credit, net of capital
lease  payments. In 1995, cash provided  by financing activities of $8.0 million
resulted primarily from the sale of $12.0 million of Preferred Stock in  January
1995,  which  was  partially  offset  by $2.8  millon  of  loan  repayments, tax
distributions and dividends paid by the Company to its principal stockholder. In
1994, the  Company  used  $1.7  million  for  financing  activities,  consisting
primarily of repayments on the Company's bank line of credit and other long-term
debt.
 
    The  Company believes that  the net proceeds of  the Offering, together with
cash from operations, existing cash and  available borrowings under its line  of
credit  and master lease agreements, will be sufficient to finance the Company's
current operations, planned capital expenditures and anticipated growth at least
through 1997. However, if the Company were to make any significant  acquisitions
for  cash, it  may be  necessary for  the Company  to obtain  additional debt or
equity financing. Any  sale of  additional equity  or equity-related  securities
could result in additional dilution to the Company's stockholders.
 
                                       22

                                    BUSINESS
 
    TeleTech  is a leading provider of  customer care solutions for Fortune 1000
companies. Customer  care  encompasses a  wide  range of  customer  acquisition,
retention  and satisfaction programs designed to  maximize the lifetime value of
the relationships  between TeleTech's  clients and  their customers.  TeleTech's
customer  care programs involve all stages of the customer lifecycle and usually
consist of  a variety  of customer  service and  technical and  product  support
activities,  such as product information, program enrollment, help desk support,
account inquiries,  problem resolution  and satisfaction  assessments.  TeleTech
works  closely with  its clients  to rapidly  design and  implement large scale,
tailored customer care programs that provide integrated, comprehensive solutions
to specific business needs.
 
    TeleTech   delivers   its   customer   care   services   primarily   through
customer-initiated  ("inbound")  telephone  calls and  also  over  the Internet.
Services   are    provided   by    trained   customer    care    representatives
("Representatives")  in TeleTech call centers ("Call Centers") in response to an
inquiry that a  customer makes  by calling a  toll-free telephone  number or  by
sending   an  Internet  message.  Representatives  respond  to  these  inquiries
utilizing  state-of-the-art  workstations  that  leverage  TeleTech's   advanced
technology  platform and enable  them to provide  rapid, single-call resolution.
This  platform   incorporates  digital   switching,  client/server   technology,
object-oriented   software  modules,  relational  database  management  systems,
proprietary call tracking  management software,  computer telephony  integration
("CTI")  and interactive voice response (IVR). TeleTech's services generally are
provided on either a fully outsourced or facilities management basis.
 
    TeleTech seeks to  establish long-term,  strategic relationships,  typically
formalized   by   multi-year   contracts,   with   selected   clients   in   the
telecommunications,  technology,  transportation,  health  care  and   financial
services  industries. TeleTech  targets clients  in these  industries because of
their complex  product and  service offerings  and large  customer bases,  which
require  frequent,  often  sophisticated,  customer  interactions.  The  Company
recently entered  into significant,  multi-year  contracts with  CompuServe  and
United Parcel Service and has obtained additional business from AT&T. Additional
clients  include Apple  Computer, Bell Atlantic,  Novell, NYNEX  and Wells Fargo
Bank.
 
    The Company was founded in 1982 and has been providing inbound customer care
solutions since  its inception.  Since  January 1995,  the Company  has  opened,
acquired  or initiated management of  seven Call Centers. As  of April 30, 1996,
TeleTech owned, leased or  managed nine Call Centers  in the United States,  the
United  Kingdom,  Australia  and New  Zealand  equipped  with a  total  of 4,560
state-of-the-art workstations. TeleTech currently  plans to open two  additional
Call Centers and expand an existing Call Center by the end of 1996. In the first
quarter  of 1996, approximately 95% of the Company's call handling revenues were
derived from inbound  inquiries. TeleTech's  revenues increased  42.3% to  $50.5
million  in  1995 from  $35.5  million in  1994. In  the  first quarter  of 1996
revenues increased 111.5% to $22.0 million from $10.4 million in the same period
of 1995.
 
INDUSTRY BACKGROUND
 
    Companies today  are  finding it  increasingly  difficult to  satisfy  their
customers'  needs for service  and information. As  products and services become
more complex and product  and service choices  multiply, customers require  more
information  to  make intelligent  purchase decisions  and  to use  products and
services properly. In addition, customers have  less time to shop for,  evaluate
and  learn how to use  new products and services,  driving demand for faster and
better service. While these trends have  been evolving, the burden of  providing
personalized  customer service has largely shifted from traditional retailers to
product manufacturers and service providers. Also, many companies have  realized
that  retaining  customers  generally  is  more  profitable  than  acquiring new
customers. As a  result of these  and other factors,  the Company believes  that
customer  care has become a clear  competitive differentiator and that consumers
increasingly consider the relative effectiveness, ease of use and responsiveness
of customer service and product  support when evaluating comparable products  or
services.
 
    Many  companies find it  difficult to provide  high quality customer service
and product support without diverting significant resources away from their core
businesses. Historically, companies have provided
 
                                       23

customer service in-house  because they believed  that the "customer  interface"
was  too critical to be  outsourced. Many now acknowledge  that they do not have
the core  competencies or  are  unwilling to  invest the  substantial  resources
necessary  to provide high quality, inbound  customer care services on a timely,
cost effective basis.  As a result,  a large and  rapidly growing customer  care
outsourcing industry has emerged. Industry sources estimate that telephone-based
direct  marketing expenditures were $80 billion in  1995 with roughly 95% of the
industry comprised of captive (in-house) telemarketing organizations. Management
believes  that   large   corporations   are   increasingly   outsourcing   their
telephone-based marketing and customer services activities as part of an overall
effort to focus internal resources on their core competencies, improve operating
efficiencies  and reduce costs. This is particularly true in industries that are
undergoing deregulation and increased competition.
 
    Although there  are many  independent teleservices  firms, most  are  small,
single  facility  operations  that  primarily  provide  outbound  services. Many
currently do not have the financial resources, industry expertise, technological
capabilities, human  resources or  facilities to  provide high-quality,  inbound
customer  care. TeleTech  believes that companies  considering outsourcing their
customer care activities increasingly are  seeking a strategic partner that  can
understand  their business, can  provide a comprehensive  range of services, and
has  the  flexibility,   scalability,  management   expertise,  facilities   and
technological  and  educational resources  to  serve their  customers' long-term
needs effectively and efficiently.
 
THE TELETECH SOLUTION
 
    TeleTech develops and implements strategic customer care solutions  designed
to  improve the lifetime  value of its clients'  customers by enhancing customer
satisfaction and promoting long-term  loyalty, which in  turn can increase  each
client's  revenues and profitability. The  Company devotes significant resources
to understanding a client's industry, products, services, processes and  culture
and  then designs programs to (i)  improve the quality of customer interactions,
(ii) capture  customer  data and  feedback,  (iii) reduce  the  operating  costs
associated  with  the delivery  of customer  service  and product  support, (iv)
minimize the client's  required investment  in and  technology risks  associated
with  operating in-house  call centers, (v)  eliminate the need  to manage large
numbers of call center employees and (vi) enable clients to focus on their  core
competencies.  These programs address inbound  customer interactions in a manner
that is seamless with the client's operations and transparent to the  customers.
TeleTech effectively delivers these programs by rapidly deploying the technology
and  human resources required to  implement and manage comprehensive, integrated
customer care solutions.
 
    TeleTech strives to be a strategic partner to its clients. TeleTech believes
that its willingness  to invest resources  to identify the  customer needs of  a
potential   client  and  its  ability  to  quickly  understand  the  fundamental
operations of a  client's business differentiate  TeleTech from its  competitors
and  enable it to offer  unique and effective customer  care solutions. By fully
understanding a client's  industry, products, services,  processes and  culture,
TeleTech can design customized solutions that add value to a client's day-to-day
interactions  with its customers.  Additionally, TeleTech's responsive, flexible
and scalable technology  platform enables  it to design  customer care  programs
that  can be adapted  quickly and cost  effectively to meet  changing client and
customer  needs.  TeleTech's  open-systems,  client/server  technology  can   be
integrated  with its clients'  information systems, enabling  data captured from
customer interactions to be reviewed and analyzed by TeleTech and its clients on
a real-time basis.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
 
    Key elements of the Company's business strategy are to:
 
    ENHANCE CLIENTS' RELATIONSHIPS WITH THEIR CUSTOMERS THROUGH INNOVATIVE
CUSTOMER CARE SOLUTIONS
 
    The Company  believes  that enhancing  the  client's relationship  with  its
customers  at each  stage of  the customer lifecycle  is crucial  to providing a
value-added solution to a client's  customer service and product support  needs.
TeleTech  works closely  with its  clients to  identify the  particular needs of
their customers, design appropriate  solutions and implement specially  tailored
customer  care programs. TeleTech's solutions are  designed to be cost effective
and to  improve  the  quality  of  customer  interactions  and  foster  lifetime
 
                                       24

customer  loyalty. As  part of its  integrated solutions,  TeleTech collects and
disseminates customer information to  enable its clients  to analyze and  better
manage   their  customer   bases  while   identifying  new   revenue  generating
opportunities.
 
    DEVELOP LONG-TERM STRATEGIC RELATIONSHIPS WITH LARGE CLIENTS IN TARGETED
INDUSTRIES
 
    TeleTech seeks  to  develop  long-term strategic  relationships  with  large
corporate  clients  in targeted  industries. The  Company focuses  on industries
containing companies with complex product  and service offerings and with  large
customer   bases   that   require   frequent,   often   sophisticated,  customer
interactions.  In  establishing  long-term  strategic  relationships  with   its
clients,  TeleTech  seeks  to  enter  into  multi-year  contracts  that generate
recurring  revenues  for  TeleTech  and  allow  the  Company  to  leverage   its
technology, human resource and training investments. The Company has established
strategic   business  units  ("SBUs"),  with  specialized  business  development
personnel,  that  target  the  telecommunications,  technology,  transportation,
health care and financial services industries.
 
    APPLY FLEXIBLE, INNOVATIVE TECHNOLOGICAL SOLUTIONS
 
    TeleTech's  technological expertise and scalable open-systems, client/server
architecture enable  the  Company to  rapidly  design customized  customer  care
programs, achieve seamless integration with its clients' information systems and
adapt  quickly to  new technologies. The  Company seeks  to differentiate itself
from in-house and other outsourced  competitive service providers by  creatively
employing  hardware configurations and software  applications to add flexibility
and  responsiveness  to  its  clients'  customer  service  and  product  support
processes.  TeleTech leverages its  experience in the  development of customized
software applications by combining industry-leading operating software with  its
extensive  library of  proprietary, object-oriented applications  to rapidly and
cost-effectively design intuitive, user-friendly custom software applications.
 
    IMPLEMENT AND MAINTAIN SUPERIOR OPERATIONAL PROCESSES
 
    To manage its growth and provide high levels of client service, the  Company
is  committed  to implementing  and  maintaining superior  operational processes
capable of efficiently executing customer care programs. Recognizing that it  is
providing  one  of  the client's  most  important and  sensitive  functions, the
Company adheres to a rigorous framework of quality processes based on ISO  9002,
an  internationally recognized series of  quality assurance standards, to ensure
successful on-going delivery of client programs. The Company designs and  builds
its   Call  Centers  based  on  a   standardized  model  to  provide  efficient,
fully-integrated operations while increasing  employee productivity. By  linking
its  Call Centers together into a seamless  wide area network (WAN), the Company
also ensures rapid transfer of voice and data information to provide  additional
call capacity and disaster recovery, as needed.
 
    MAINTAIN EXCELLENCE IN HUMAN RESOURCE AND CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT
 
    The Company believes that its ability to attract, hire, train and manage its
employees  and efficiently manage its Call Centers is critical to its ability to
develop new and maintain existing long-term client relationships. TeleTech  uses
proprietary software to automate much of its hiring, training, quality assurance
and  staffing management functions. In an  effort to reduce turnover and improve
the quality  of  its services,  the  Company devotes  significant  resources  to
attracting  and  hiring skilled  employees  and provides  extensive  initial and
on-going product and service  training. The Company's Representatives  generally
are  full-time and dedicated to a single client program. Representatives receive
from one  to  five weeks  of  on-site training  in  TeleTech's or  the  client's
training facilities before handling customer interactions, plus a minimum of six
to  eight hours  per month  of ongoing  training. Representatives  often receive
supplemental laboratory  training  as  needed to  provide  a  specific  customer
service successfully.
 
GROWTH STRATEGY
 
    The  Company's growth strategy  is designed to  capitalize on the increasing
demand for outsourced  customer care solutions  and to maintain  and expand  its
leadership position in its industry. The Company's primary growth strategies are
to:
 
                                       25

    EXPAND SERVICES PROVIDED TO EXISTING CLIENTS AND ESTABLISH NEW RELATIONSHIPS
IN TARGETED INDUSTRIES
 
    The  Company believes  it has  substantial opportunities  to expand services
provided to  existing  clients  and  obtain new  clients  within  its  currently
targeted  industries. Specifically, the Company  is focusing on opportunities to
expand existing  programs  while  cross-selling  TeleTech's  services  to  other
divisions or operations within its existing clients' organizations. For example,
TeleTech implemented its initial program for AT&T in 1991 and has since expanded
its relationship to include four separate programs for various AT&T products and
services.  As  part  of  its  SBU strategy,  the  Company  also  is  focusing on
developing new relationships with companies within its targeted industries.
 
    DEVELOP NEW PRODUCTS AND SERVICES
 
    Continued rapid technological advances, coupled with the on-going  evolution
in  retail and  product distribution trends,  will create  new opportunities for
TeleTech. TeleTech expects that the proliferation of new interactive media  will
provide more sophisticated customer interactions and additional opportunities to
provide  expanded services to customers. TeleTech intends to capitalize on these
trends by  developing new  products  and services,  such as  database  marketing
solutions and real-time interactive support for Web sites on the Internet.
 
    EXPAND INTO NEW INDUSTRIES AND GEOGRAPHIC MARKETS
 
    TeleTech  has identified additional industries that are experiencing many of
the same trends affecting  its currently targeted  industries and may  establish
new  SBUs to  focus on evolving  market opportunities. In  addition, the Company
believes that  trends toward  increased  customer care  and recognition  of  the
benefits  of outsourcing, which have been experienced in the U.S., are occurring
in international  markets.  TeleTech  also  believes  that  many  multi-national
companies,  including  several of  its existing  clients,  are seeking  a single
provider  of  world-wide  customer  care  solutions.  To  capitalize  on   these
international   opportunities,  the  Company  intends   to  further  expand  its
operations outside of the United States.
 
    SELECTIVELY PURSUE COMPLEMENTARY ACQUISITIONS
 
    The Company may selectively acquire complementary companies that extend  its
presence  into new geographic markets or industries, expand its client base, add
new product or service applications or provide substantial operating  synergies.
The   Company  believes  that   there  will  be   many  potential  domestic  and
international   acquisition   opportunities   as   the   teleservices   industry
consolidates  and  as large  corporations consider  selling their  existing call
center  facilities  and  operations.  For  example,  the  Company  may  consider
acquiring   a  primarily  outbound  teleservices  provider  that  could  provide
substantial operating synergies and improve  Call Center utilization during  the
currently  underutilized off-peak (night and weekend) periods resulting from the
Company's focus on inbound interactions.
 
SERVICES
 
    TeleTech offers  a  wide range  of  services designed  to  provide  superior
customer care. An integral component of these services is process reengineering,
by  which the Company develops and applies enhanced processes to make a client's
customer service or  product support processes  more cost-effective,  productive
and  valuable. At  the start  of a  potential new  client relationship, TeleTech
assesses the  client's existing  capabilities,  goals and  strategies,  customer
service  or  product  support  processes  and  related  software,  hardware  and
telecommunications systems and  training. After presenting  a proposed  solution
and  being awarded a contract, TeleTech works closely with the client to further
develop, refine and implement more efficient and productive customer interaction
processes and technological  solutions that  seamlessly link  the customer,  the
client  and  TeleTech.  These  processes generally  include  the  development of
event-driven  software  programs   for  the  dynamic   scripting  of   telephone
interactions,  where script flow is predicated on variables in the customer file
or on the Representative's interaction with the customer.
 
                                       26

    Following   the  design  and   development  of  a   customer  care  program,
Representatives provide a wide range  of on-going voice and data  communications
services   integrating   customer   acquisition,  service   and   retention  and
satisfaction and loyalty programs. In a typical inbound customer interaction,  a
customer  calls  a toll-free  number to  request  product, service  or technical
information  or  assistance.   TeleTech's  advanced  telecommunications   system
automatically  identifies each inbound  call by its  telephone number and routes
the call to the appropriate Representative  that is trained for that  particular
client  program. Upon receipt of the  call, the Representative's computer screen
automatically displays  the  client's  specific product,  service  or  technical
information to enable the Representative to assist the customer.
 
    Each  customer interaction, even in its simplest form, presents TeleTech and
its clients  with  an  opportunity to  capture  valuable  customer  information,
including  the customer's demographic profile  and preferences. This information
can prompt the Representative to  make logical, progressive inquiries about  the
customer's  interest  in additional  services,  identify additional  revenue and
cross-selling opportunities  or  resolve other  customer  issues relating  to  a
client's  products  or services.  TeleTech  frequently provides  several  of the
services listed below in an integrated program tailored to its clients' needs.
 
    CUSTOMER ACQUISITION PROGRAMS.   Customer acquisition programs are  designed
to  secure new customers  and can include  a wide range  of activities depending
upon the customer inquiry. A sampling of these services includes:
 
    - providing pre-sales product or service education
 
    - processing and  fulfilling information  requests  for product  or  service
      offerings
 
    - verifying sales and activating services
 
    - directing callers to product or service sources
 
    - receiving orders for and processing purchases of products or services
 
    - providing initial post-sales support, including operating instructions for
      new product or service use
 
    TeleTech's  current customer  acquisition programs  do not  include outbound
"cold  calling,"  which  is  an   outsourcing  service  typically  provided   by
traditional telemarketing firms.
 
    CUSTOMER  SERVICE AND  RETENTION PROGRAMS.   Customer  service and retention
programs are  designed to  maintain  and extend  the customer  relationship  and
maximize  lifetime customer  value. These programs  are generally  driven by the
customer's receipt  of a  product or  service,  or by  the customer's  need  for
on-going  help-desk  resources.  The  majority  of  the  Company's  revenues are
generated in  the  provision  of  customer service  and  retention  programs.  A
sampling of these services includes:
 
    - providing technical help desk, product or service support
 
    - activating product or service upgrades
 
    - responding to billing and other account inquiries
 
    - resolving complaints and product or service problems
 
    - registering warranty information
 
    - dispatching on-site service
 
    CUSTOMER  SATISFACTION  AND  LOYALTY PROGRAMS.    Customer  satisfaction and
loyalty programs are designed to enable  clients to learn from their  customers,
to  be  more responsive  to  the customer's  needs  and concerns  and  to reward
customers for their continued patronage. A sampling of these services includes:
 
    - responding to client promotional, affinity-building initiatives
 
    - developing and implementing client-branded loyalty programs
 
    - conducting satisfaction assessments
 
                                       27

    - confirming receipt of promised products or services
 
    - reserving and reconfirming space at product or service seminars
 
    An example of a client-branded loyalty program is TeleTech's Emergency  Home
Assist,  which  it  implements  for many  of  Australia's  leading  insurers and
financial institutions. Under Emergency  Home Assist, if,  for example, a  storm
damages  the roof of a customer insured by a TeleTech client, the customer calls
the toll-free  number  provided by  the  client. A  Representative  answers  the
telephone on the client's behalf and contacts, books and dispatches tradesmen to
the  customer's home to make repairs,  while simultaneously opening an insurance
claims file.  TeleTech's  insurance  company client,  which  directly  pays  the
tradesmen's invoices, is positioned as a caring, total solution provider, rather
than  just a reimbursement  agent. In addition,  the insurer is  able to control
costs by  its  early intervention  and  contracting in  advance  with  qualified
tradesmen to provide services at a reasonable price.
 
MARKETS AND CLIENTS
 
    TeleTech  focuses its  marketing efforts  on Fortune  1000 companies  in the
telecommunications,  technology,  transportation,  health  care  and   financial
services  industries. To provide effective customer care solutions, TeleTech has
developed a  separate  SBU  to serve  each  of  these industries.  Each  SBU  is
comprised  of  business  development personnel,  systems  engineers, application
specialists and  other  support personnel,  most  of whom  have  prior  industry
experience.  Each SBU is responsible for developing and implementing customized,
industry-specific customer service and product support.
 
    TELECOMMUNICATIONS.     The   Telecommunications  SBU   primarily   services
long-distance  carriers,  regional telephone  companies, wireless  providers and
cable  operators.  Services  include  verifying  long-distance  service   sales,
responding  to  customer inquiries,  providing  consumer and  business telephone
service account management and providing  on-going product and service  support.
Clients  include  AT&T,  NYNEX and  Bell  Atlantic. TeleTech  believes  that the
Telecommunications Act of  1996 and  the development of  new wireless  products,
including  products and services utilizing personal communication services (PCS)
technology, will expand the breadth of  product and service offerings that  will
require  customer  service and  support and  will  create additional  demand for
TeleTech's services.
 
    TECHNOLOGY.  The  growth of  high technology product  offerings and  service
introductions,  including Internet-related products  and services, has increased
demand for  consumer and  technical product  support services.  Clients  include
AT&T, CompuServe, Apple and Novell. The Company currently provides telephone and
real-time,  on-line  interactive  support to  subscribers  of  CompuServe's WOW!
service and to customers of AT&T. TeleTech intends to leverage its technological
capabilities on the Internet and is exploring business opportunities related  to
new interactive media.
 
    TRANSPORTATION.    TeleTech's  Transportation  SBU  provides  a  variety  of
services to clients in  the package delivery and  travel industries. In  October
1995, TeleTech was awarded a contract to manage several Call Centers and provide
customer  service and  support on  behalf of United  Parcel Service,  one of the
nation's largest  parcel  delivery  companies.  Under  its  five-year  contract,
TeleTech  will provide services to United Parcel Service from three Call Centers
leased by United Parcel  Service but staffed and  managed by TeleTech.  TeleTech
also  provides  reservation  call  handling services  for  Reno  Air  and Midway
Airlines. See "--Case Study."
 
    HEALTH CARE.  TeleTech provides customer care solutions on behalf of  health
care  providers  in the  United Kingdom,  Australia  and New  Zealand, including
Medical Benefits Funds of Australia  Limited, Hospital Benefits Fund of  Western
Australia,  Inc., Southern  Cross Medical Care  Society and  PPP. These services
include emergency and non-emergency  medical information and referral  services,
neonatal  information and assistance  to parents of  newborns, information about
drug interventions, referrals  to community support  organizations such as  home
care, child care and counseling options, and medical claims review services. The
Company  provides these  services to customers  by means of  telephone access to
registered nurses, counselors, pharmacists,  medical librarians, dieticians  and
other  specially  trained  Representatives.  TeleTech  believes  that  there are
substantial opportunities to introduce comparable  services in the U.S.  market.
See "--International Operations."
 
                                       28

    FINANCIAL SERVICES.  TeleTech is developing new and more responsive delivery
capabilities  to satisfy the demands of financial institutions seeking to reduce
customer reliance on face-to-face interactions and increase customer utilization
of electronic and telephone banking and automated teller machines. From its Call
Centers in Australia and New Zealand, TeleTech provides customer care  solutions
to  customers  of  insurance  company  and  automobile  club  clients,  such  as
Mercantile Mutual Insurance (Australia) Ltd, Zurich Australian Insurance Ltd and
Royal Automobile Club of  Victoria (RACV) Insurance  Pty Ltd. Solutions  include
emergency  home repair  assistance, responding  to customer  inquiries regarding
property damage and insurance coverage, procuring emergency roadside  automobile
and  medical assistance and facilitating motor vehicle claims. TeleTech believes
that many of these customer care solutions are readily transferable to the  U.S.
market. See "--International Operations."
 
CASE STUDY
 
    In  1994, United Parcel Service operated regional Customer Service Telephone
Centers across  the  United  States that  provided  customers  with  information
regarding package pick-ups and deliveries, package tracking and tracing and rate
information.  To re-engineer  its telephone-based  customer service  and support
strategy, United Parcel Service consolidated  these regional centers into  seven
national centers and decided to outsource the facilities management and staffing
functions.  United Parcel Service  benchmark studies led  to the conclusion that
this reengineering  would  result  in  significant  quality  improvements  while
creating a more efficient and much less costly operation.
 
    In October 1995, after a competitive bidding process, TeleTech was awarded a
multi-year  contract to  staff and manage  three United  Parcel Service customer
service telephone centers and was granted the option to manage a fourth facility
if United Parcel Service requires  additional capacity. By April 1996,  TeleTech
began  operating Call Centers in Tucson, Arizona and Greenville, South Carolina.
The third Call Center, located in Tampa,  Florida, is scheduled to open in  June
1996.
 
    Telephone  calls from United  Parcel Service customers  primarily consist of
customer service and package tracking inquires. TeleTech Representatives  assist
customers  by  scheduling  package  pick  ups,  tracking  packages,  calculating
shipping rates,  explaining  package  insurance  options,  describing  types  of
service and rates and answering other types of inquires.
 
    TeleTech  recruits,  interviews, hires,  and  trains all  personnel  for the
United Parcel Service Call Centers.  To manage the considerable human  resources
and  facilities management  tasks associated  with a  customer care  and support
program of  this  magnitude and  complexity,  TeleTech identified  and  hired  a
separate  project management team to launch and direct the program. In addition,
the Company devised an  innovative incentive and  gain-sharing plan to  motivate
TeleTech personnel. TeleTech has introduced automated quality control processes,
electronic  applicant screening and  assessment, and is  working in concert with
United Parcel Service to develop  innovative technology to further optimize  the
call handling process.
 
SALES AND MARKETING
 
    As  most companies consider  the customer care function  to be critical, the
Company's business development personnel generally focus their marketing efforts
on potential  clients' senior  executives. TeleTech  hires business  development
personnel and employees for each SBU who have substantial industry expertise and
can identify and generate sales leads.
 
    TeleTech   employs  a  consultative  approach  to  assess  the  current  and
prospective strategic needs of a potential client. Following initial discussions
with  a  client,  a  carefully  chosen  TeleTech  team,  usually  comprised   of
applications  and  systems  specialists,  operations  experts,  human  resources
professionals and other appropriate SBU management personnel, thoroughly studies
the client's operations.  The Company invests  significant resources during  the
development  of  a  client  relationship  to  understand  the  client's existing
customer  service  processes,  culture,   decision  parameters  and  goals   and
strategies.  TeleTech assesses the client's customer  care needs and, with input
from the client, develops and implements tailored customer care solutions.
 
    As a result of its consultative approach, TeleTech can identify new  revenue
generating  opportunities, customer  communication possibilities  and product or
service improvements previously overlooked or not
 
                                       29

adequately addressed by the client. TeleTech's technological capabilities enable
it to  develop working  prototypes of  proposed customer  care programs  and  to
rapidly  implement  strategic customer  care  solutions, generally  with minimal
capital investment by the client.
 
    TeleTech generally  provides customer  care  solutions pursuant  to  written
contracts with terms ranging from one to five years, which often contain renewal
or  extension  options. Under  substantially all  of its  significant contracts,
TeleTech generates revenues based on  the amount of time Representatives  devote
to  a client's program. In addition, clients  typically are required to pay fees
relating to TeleTech's  training of  Representatives to  implement the  client's
program,  set-up  and management  of the  program,  and development  of computer
software and technology. Many of TeleTech's contracts also require the client to
pay TeleTech a contractually  agreed amount in the  event of early  termination.
When negotiating new contracts, TeleTech strives to obtain a contract term of at
least  two years and  contractual provisions adjusting  the amount of TeleTech's
fees if there are significant variances from estimated implementation expenses.
 
OPERATIONS
 
    TeleTech provides  its  customer  care services  through  the  operation  of
state-of-the-art  Call Centers located in the United States, the United Kingdom,
Australia and New  Zealand. As  of April 30,  1996, TeleTech  leased seven  Call
Centers  and also managed two  Call Centers on behalf  of United Parcel Service.
Additional  expansion  planned  for   1996  includes  the   opening  of  a   new
Company-owned  Call Center, expansion  of an existing facility  and opening of a
third United Parcel Service-owned Call Center. See "-- Facilities."
 
    TeleTech uses  its  standardized  development procedures  to  minimize  Call
Center  development lead times. The Company applies predetermined site selection
criteria to identify locations conducive to operating large scale, sophisticated
customer care facilities in  a cost-effective manner.  TeleTech can establish  a
new,  fully operational, inbound Call Center containing 450 or more workstations
within 90-150 days. In  the last fourteen months,  TeleTech has established  two
Company-owned  Call Centers  and two  United Parcel  Service-owned Call Centers,
including a total of approximately 2,400 workstations.
 
    A typical U.S. TeleTech Call Center has approximately 50,000 square feet  of
space and contains approximately 450 workstations. Call Center capacity can vary
based  on  the  complexity and  type  of  customer care  programs  provided. All
TeleTech Call Centers are designed to operate 24 hours a day, seven days a week.
TeleTech received ISO 9002 certification for its Burbank Call Center in 1995 and
currently is involved in a Company-wide ISO 9002 certification process.
 
    CALL CENTER MANAGEMENT.  TeleTech manages its U.S. Call Centers through  its
Technology Command Center in Colorado (the "Command Center"). The Command Center
operates  24 hours per  day, 7 days  a week, and  is responsible for monitoring,
coordinating and managing TeleTech's U.S.  operations. Each U.S. Call Center  is
connected  to the Command Center and to other U.S. Call Centers through multiple
fiber optic voice/data  T-1 circuits to  form an integrated  and redundant  wide
area  network. This network  connectivity provides a high  level of security and
redundancy  that  is   integral  to  TeleTech's   ability  to  ensure   recovery
capabilities  in the event of a disaster or structural failure. If a Call Center
were to experience  extreme excess  call volume or  become non-operational,  the
Command  Center is configured to re-route  incoming calls to another Call Center
in a virtually transparent, uninterrupted manner.
 
    TeleTech also  has established  a set  of uniform  operational policies  and
procedures  to ensure  the consistent delivery  of high-quality  service at each
Call  Center.  These  policies   and  procedures  detail  specific   performance
standards,  productivity and  profitability objectives  and daily administrative
routines  designed  to  ensure  efficient  operation.  TeleTech  believes   that
recruiting, training and managing full-time Representatives who are dedicated to
a   single   client  facilitates   seamless   integration  between   client  and
Representative, enhances  service  quality  and  efficiency  and  differentiates
TeleTech from its competitors.
 
    TeleTech  utilizes  a  number  of  sophisticated  applications  designed  to
minimize administrative  burdens and  maximize productivity.  Such  applications
include a proprietary, integrated agent performance system
 
                                       30

that  tracks  Representative  activity  at each  workstation  and  a proprietary
billing system  that  tracks time  expended  on administration,  training,  data
processing and other processes conducted in support of client or internal tasks.
 
    QUALITY  ASSURANCE.  TeleTech monitors and measures the quality and accuracy
of its customer interactions through  a quality assurance department located  at
each Call Center. Each department evaluates, on a real-time basis, at least 1.5%
of  all calls per day. TeleTech also  has the capabilities to enable its clients
to monitor  customer  interactions  on  a  real-time  basis.  Quality  assurance
professionals   monitor   customer   interactions   and   simultaneously   score
Representatives according to criteria mutually determined by the Company and the
client. Representatives  are  evaluated  and provided  with  feedback  on  their
performance  on  a weekly  basis and,  as  appropriate, recognized  for superior
performance or scheduled for additional training and coaching.
 
TECHNOLOGY
 
    Utilizing industry standard tools,  the Company creates relational  database
management  systems customized for each client. These systems enable it to track
the details of each customer interaction and consolidate that information into a
customer file, which can be accessed and referred to by Representatives as  they
deliver  services. TeleTech Call Centers employ state-of-the-art technology that
incorporates digital  switching  technology, object-oriented  software  modules,
relational  database management systems, proprietary call tracking and workforce
management systems,  CTI  and  interactive voice  response.  TeleTech's  digital
switching   technology  enables  calls  to  be  routed  to  the  next  available
Representative with the  appropriate knowledge,  skill and  language sets.  Call
tracking  and workforce  management systems  generate and  track historical call
volumes by client,  enabling the  Company to schedule  personnel efficiently  to
accommodate  anticipated  fluctuations  in  call  volume.  This  technology base
enables TeleTech to provide  single call resolution  and decrease customer  hold
times, thereby enhancing customer satisfaction.
 
    TeleTech-owned  Call Centers utilize "Universal Representative" workstations
with inbound, outbound, Internet and faxback capabilities, the majority of which
run on  Pentium-Registered  Trademark--based  computers.  All  workstations  are
PC-based  and utilize CTI technology, which connects the computer to a telephone
switch allowing calls  and computer  data to be  transferred simultaneously.  By
using  simple,  intuitive  graphical  user  interfaces  (GUI),  which substitute
graphics for text, TeleTech  enables its Representatives  to focus on  assisting
the  customer, rather  than on the  technology, and  obtain customer information
using significantly fewer keystrokes. The user-friendly interface also helps  to
decrease training time and increase the speed of call handling.
 
    TeleTech's  applications software  is designed  using products  developed by
Microsoft, Oracle, Novell,  IBM and  others. TeleTech  has invested  significant
resources   in  designing,   developing  and   debugging  industry-specific  and
open-systems software applications and tools. As a result, TeleTech maintains an
extensive library of reusable object-oriented code modules for use by TeleTech's
applications development  professionals  to  develop  customized  customer  care
software.  TeleTech's  systems capture  and  download a  variety  of information
obtained  during  each  customer  interaction  into  relational  databases   for
real-time,  daily, weekly  or monthly  reporting to  clients. TeleTech  runs its
applications software on open-systems, client-server architecture that  utilizes
computer  processors,  server  components  and  hardware  platforms  produced by
manufacturers such  as  Compaq,  Hewlett  Packard,  IBM  and  Sun  Microsystems.
TeleTech has and will continue to invest significant resources into the research
and  development  of  new  and  emerging  customer  care  and  technical support
technologies.
 
HUMAN RESOURCES
 
    TeleTech's success  in  recruiting, hiring  and  training large  numbers  of
skilled  employees is critical  to its ability  to provide high-quality customer
care solutions to its  clients. TeleTech generally locates  its Call Centers  in
metropolitan   areas  that  have   access  to  higher   education  and  a  major
transportation infrastructure.  TeleTech endeavors  to offer  a competitive  pay
scale,  hire primarily full-time employees who  are eligible to receive the full
range of employee  benefits and provide  employees with a  clear, viable  career
path.
 
                                       31

    TeleTech  is committed  to the  continued education  and development  of its
employees and  believes that  providing TeleTech  employees with  access to  new
learning opportunities produces job satisfaction, ensures a higher quality labor
force  and fosters  loyalty between  TeleTech's employees  and the  clients they
serve. Before taking customer  calls, Representatives receive  from one to  five
weeks  of on-site training in TeleTech's  or the client's training facilities to
learn  about  the  client's  corporate  culture,  specific  product  or  service
offerings  and the customer  care program that  TeleTech and the  client will be
undertaking. Representatives also  receive a minimum  of six to  eight hours  of
on-going  training per month and  often receive supplemental laboratory training
as needed to provide high-quality customer service and product support.
 
    As of April 30, 1996, TeleTech had 3,653 employees. Of its total  employees,
2,795   were  full-time   Representatives,  constituting  81.5%   of  its  total
Representatives. None  of  TeleTech's  employees are  subject  to  a  collective
bargaining  agreement and TeleTech believes its relations with its employees are
good.
 
INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS
 
    TeleTech operates one Call Center in each of Australia and New Zealand,  and
a  third Call Center located in the  United Kingdom that is operated through the
Company's joint venture with a subsidiary  of PPP Healthcare Group plc  ("PPP"),
one  of the largest private  medical insurers in the  United Kingdom. In January
1996, TeleTech acquired Access 24, a leading provider of customer care solutions
to Australian  and  New Zealand  companies  primarily  in the  health  care  and
financial   services  industries.  The   operations  of  Access   24  have  been
substantially integrated with TeleTech's operations  and the Company intends  to
leverage  Access 24's experience  by introducing similar  services in the United
States. TeleTech operates Call  Centers in Sydney,  Australia and Auckland,  New
Zealand,  containing an aggregate of 131  workstations, and intends to develop a
traditional customer care outsourcing business in Australia and New Zealand,  as
well as the United Kingdom.
 
    On  April 30, 1996,  TeleTech entered into  a joint venture  with PPP, which
currently serves more than 2.3  million customers throughout the United  Kingdom
and owns long-term health insurance, dental care and finance companies. TeleTech
and  PPP  have agreed  to  provide, exclusively  through  the joint  venture and
initially solely  in  the  United Kingdom  and  Ireland,  distinct,  value-added
customer  care  services.  Apart from  the  joint venture,  TeleTech  intends to
provide traditional outsourcing services, similar to the type TeleTech  provides
in the United States, in the United Kingdom. See "Business--Services." The joint
venture,  which  will operate  initially  from the  172-workstation  Call Center
located in London, currently provides services only to PPP customers but intends
to eventually offer its services to customers of other companies.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  Company  believes  that  it   competes  primarily  with  the   in-house
teleservices  and  customer  service  operations of  its  current  and potential
clients.  TeleTech  also  competes  with  certain  companies  operating  in  the
teleservices  industry, including  Access Health, Inc.,  APAC Teleservices, AT&T
American Transtech,  Electronic  Data  Systems, MATRIXX  Marketing  Inc.,  SITEL
Corporation,  STREAM  and  Sykes  Enterprises  Incorporated.  TeleTech  competes
primarily on the  basis of  quality and scope  of services  provided, speed  and
flexibility   of  implementation  and   technological  expertise.  Although  the
teleservices industry is  very competitive and  highly fragmented with  numerous
small  participants,  management  believes  that  TeleTech  generally  does  not
directly  compete  with  traditional  telemarketing  companies,  which   provide
primarily outbound "cold calling" services.
 
                                       32

FACILITIES
 
    TeleTech's  corporate  headquarters  are  located  in  Denver,  Colorado  in
approximately 27,000 square feet of leased office space that also contains a 553
workstation Call Center. As of April 30, 1996, TeleTech leased (unless otherwise
noted) and  operated the  following  Call Centers,  containing an  aggregate  of
approximately 225,000 square feet:
 


                                                                 YEAR OPENED OR       NUMBER OF
LOCATION                                                            ACQUIRED       WORKSTATIONS(1)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------  -----------------
                                                                            
U.S. CALL CENTERS
Sherman Oaks, California.......................................          1985               388
Denver, Colorado...............................................          1993               553
Burbank, California............................................          1995               414
Thornton, Colorado.............................................          1996               475
INTERNATIONAL CALL CENTERS (2)
Sydney, Australia..............................................          1996               104
London, United Kingdom (3).....................................          1996               172
Auckland, New Zealand..........................................          1996                27
MANAGED ON BEHALF OF UNITED PARCEL SERVICE
Greenville, South Carolina.....................................          1996               725
Tucson, Arizona................................................          1996               762
Tampa, Florida (4).............................................          1996               940
                                                                                          -----
    Total number of workstations...............................                           4,560
                                                                                          -----
                                                                                          -----

 
- ---------
(1)  Includes  training  positions,  which  are  fully  operative  as production
    positions when necessary.
 
(2) Acquired January 1,  1996 through TeleTech's acquisition  of Access 24.  See
    "--International Operations."
 
(3)  Managed through the Company's joint  venture with PPP. See "--International
    Operations."
 
(4) The Company expects to commence operations at this Call Center in June 1996.
 
    The leases for TeleTech's U.S. Call  Centers have terms ranging from one  to
eight  years and generally contain renewal options.  The Company plans to open a
United Parcel Service-owned Call Center in Tampa, Florida in June 1996, as  well
as  a Call Center in Houston, Texas in  August 1996. It also plans to expand its
Thornton Call  Center  by  267 positions  by  July  15, 1996.  Pursuant  to  its
agreement  with United Parcel  Service, if United Parcel  Service opens a fourth
call center, TeleTech has the option to  staff and manage such Call Center.  The
Company  believes that its  existing Call Centers are  suitable and adequate for
its current operations but that additional Call Centers, including the expansion
currently planned for 1996, will be required to support continued growth.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    From time to time the  Company is involved in  litigation, most of which  is
incidental to its business. In the Company's opinion, no litigation to which the
Company  currently is a party is likely to have a material adverse effect on the
Company's results of operations or financial condition.
 
                                       33

                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
executive officers and directors of the Company:
 


           NAME                 AGE                              POSITION
- --------------------------      ---      --------------------------------------------------------
                                   
Kenneth D. Tuchman                  36   Chairman of the Board, President, Chief Executive
                                          Officer and Director
Joseph D. Livingston                51   Senior Vice President and Chief Operating Officer
Steven B. Coburn                    42   Chief Financial Officer
Alan Silverman (1)                  52   Director
Richard Weingarten (1)              45   Director
Samuel Zell                         53   Director

 
- ---------
(1) Member of the Compensation and Audit Committees of the Board of Directors of
    the Company.
 
    MR.  TUCHMAN founded TeleTech and has served as its Chairman of the Board of
Directors, President and Chief Executive  Officer since TeleTech's formation  in
December  1994. Mr. Tuchman also is the  founder and has served as the President
and Chief Executive  Officer of  each of TeleTech  Telecommunications, Inc.  and
TeleTech Teleservices, Inc., two operating subsidiaries of TeleTech, since their
formation in October 1982 and November 1992, respectively.
 
    MR.  LIVINGSTON  has  served  the Company  since  February  1992  in various
capacities, including as Senior Vice  President and Chief Operating Officer  and
previously  as Vice President  of Operations and Technology.  From 1989 to 1992,
Mr. Livingston  was  the Director  of  MIS  Systems &  Operations  of  Livestone
Corporation, a division of American Eastern Securities, and from 1985 to 1989 he
was employed by Coopers & Lybrand, an international accounting firm, as Director
of West Region MIS and Strategic Management Services for International Business.
 
    MR.  COBURN  has served  as  Chief Financial  Officer  of the  Company since
October 1995. From October 1989 to September 1995, Mr. Coburn was employed by  U
S West, a diversified telecommunications company, and various of its affiliates,
during  which time he served as Finance  Director and Chief Financial Officer of
Interactive Video  Enterprises,  as  Finance  Director of  U  S  West  Marketing
Resources  Group and as  Finance Director and  Controller of U  S West Marketing
Services. In 1993, Mr.  Coburn established and  managed the finance,  accounting
and  treasury activities  of U S  West Polska,  a start up  operation in Warsaw,
Poland.
 
    MR. SILVERMAN, who has served as a director of TeleTech since January  1995,
is  an  independent  investor  and  has  been  a  director  of  Exhibition Video
International, a company that is  developing technology for satellite and  video
transmissions, since 1992. Mr. Silverman has served since 1970 as a director and
is  President  of  Essaness  Theatres  Corporation  ("Essaness"),  an investment
holding company. Mr.  Silverman is a  director of Keystone  Biomedical, Inc.,  a
company  that  develops, tests  and licenses  pharmaceutical agents,  and, since
1980, has  been a  director  of Video  44,  a Hispanic  television  broadcasting
company.   Mr.  Silverman  also   serves  as  a   director  of  various  private
corporations.
 
    MR. WEINGARTEN has served as a director of TeleTech since January 1995.  Mr.
Weingarten  founded Richard Weingarten & Company,  Inc., a company that provides
investment banking and financial  advisory services, in 1991  and has served  as
its  President since its formation. From 1988 through 1991, Mr. Weingarten was a
Managing Director of Bear, Stearns & Co., Inc. and, from 1989 until 1991, served
as Director of  Corporate Finance  for its Southeastern  region. Mr.  Weingarten
currently  serves as a director of Capsure Holdings Corp. ("Capsure"), a holding
company  whose  principal  subsidiaries  are  specialty  property  and  casualty
insurers.
 
                                       34

    MR.  ZELL has served as a director  of TeleTech since January 1995. Mr. Zell
serves as Chairman of  the Board of Great  American Management and  Investments,
Inc.,  a diversified holding company, Anixter  International Inc., a provider of
integrated network  and cabling  solutions, Falcon  Building Products,  Inc.,  a
manufacturer and supplier of building products, American Classic Voyages Co., an
owner  and operator of cruise lines, Manufactured Home Communities, Inc., a real
estate  investment  trust  specializing  in  the  ownership  and  management  of
manufactured home communities, Capsure, Equity Group Investments, Inc. and other
private  corporations. Mr. Zell also serves as Chairman of the Board of Trustees
of Equity Residential  Properties Trust,  an owner and  operator of  multifamily
residential  properties, and as Co-Chairman of the  Board of Revco D.S., Inc., a
drug store chain.  Mr. Zell  is a  director of  Quality Food  Centers, Inc.,  an
independent  supermarket chain,  and Sealy Corporation,  a maker  of bedding and
related products. Mr. Zell  was President of Madison  Management Group, Inc.,  a
holding  company  of  low-tech  manufacturing  companies  ("Madison"),  prior to
October 4, 1991. Madison filed a  petition for reorganization under the  Federal
bankruptcy laws in November 1991.
 
ARRANGEMENTS FOR NOMINATION AS DIRECTOR
 
    Directors  are elected at each annual meeting of stockholders of the Company
to serve for one-year  terms. After the closing  of the Offering, the  directors
intend  to appoint  persons in  accordance with  TeleTech's By-laws  to fill the
current vacancies on the Board of Directors.
 
    In connection with the sale of its Preferred Stock in January 1995,  certain
stockholders  of  TeleTech executed  an  agreement (the  "Investment Agreement")
pursuant to  which  they  agreed to  elect  each  year to  TeleTech's  Board  of
Directors  two individuals  nominated by TeleTech  Investors General Partnership
("TIGP") and Essaness and  five individuals designated by  Mr. Tuchman. Each  of
the  current directors of TeleTech was elected as a nominee of Mr. Tuchman or of
TIGP  and  Essaness  pursuant  to  the  Investment  Agreement.  The  rights  and
obligations  of  Mr. Tuchman,  TIGP and  Essaness to  elect directors  under the
Investment Agreement will terminate upon the closing of the Offering.
 
    TeleTech's Certificate of  Incorporation entitles the  holders of  Preferred
Stock,  as a class, to elect two individuals, and entitles the holders of Common
Stock, as a  class, to  elect five  individuals, to  the Board  of Directors  of
TeleTech.  The Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation, to  be filed immediately
prior to the closing of the Offering, provides that the holders of a majority of
the outstanding Common Stock will elect all directors.
 
COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
    The Board of Directors has standing Audit and Compensation Committees, which
assist the Board in the discharge of its responsibilities. Members of each  such
committee  are elected by  the Board at  its first meeting  following the annual
meeting and serve for one year terms.
 
    The Audit Committee reports  to the Board regarding  the appointment of  the
independent   public  accountants  of  TeleTech,  the  scope  and  fees  of  the
prospective annual audit  and the  results thereof,  compliance with  TeleTech's
accounting  and  financial  policies and  management's  procedures  and policies
relative to the adequacy of TeleTech's internal accounting controls. The current
members of  the  Audit Committee  are  Alan Silverman  and  Richard  Weingarten,
neither of whom is an employee of TeleTech.
 
    The  Compensation Committee reviews and approves the annual salary and bonus
for each  executive  officer  (consistent  with  the  terms  of  any  applicable
employment agreement), reviews, approves and recommends terms and conditions for
all employee benefit plans (and changes thereto) and administers the Option Plan
and such other employee benefit plans as may be adopted by TeleTech from time to
time.  The current members of the  Compensation Committee are Alan Silverman and
Richard Weingarten, each of whom is a non-employee director of TeleTech.
 
COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS
 
    TeleTech does  not pay  its directors  a  fee for  their services  as  such;
however,  all directors are reimbursed for travel expenses incurred in attending
board and committee meetings.
 
                                       35

    The TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Directors Stock Option Plan, which was  approved
by  the Board of Directors of the Company effective January 1996 (the "Directors
Option Plan"), provides for the automatic annual grant, to each director who  is
neither  an employee  of the  Company nor,  after this  Offering, the beneficial
owner of 5%  or more  of the  outstanding Common  Stock, of  options to  acquire
shares  of Common Stock. A total of  750,000 shares of Common Stock are reserved
for issuance pursuant to  options granted under the  Directors Option Plan.  All
options  granted under the Directors Option  Plan are non-qualified options that
are not intended to qualify under Section 422 of the Code.
 
    The Directors Option  Plan currently  provides that  each eligible  director
will  receive options  to acquire  (i) 12,500 shares  of Common  Stock upon such
director's initial election to the  Board of Directors and  (ii) on the date  of
each  annual meeting  of stockholders  held each  year thereafter  at which such
director is  re-elected,  12,500 shares  of  Common  Stock for  services  to  be
rendered  as a director and 6,250 for services  as a member on each committee of
the Board of Directors to which  such director is appointed. The exercise  price
of  each option granted  under the Directors  Option Plan shall  be equal to the
fair market value  of the Common  Stock on  the date of  grant. Options  granted
under  the Directors Option  Plan (a) vest immediately,  (b) are not exercisable
until six months after the date of grant and (c) expire on the earliest to occur
of the tenth anniversary of the date of grant, one year following the director's
death or immediately upon the director's termination of membership on the  Board
of Directors for Cause (as defined in the Directors Option Plan).
 
    As  of May 15,  1996, options to  acquire an aggregate  of 225,000 shares of
Common Stock, at an  exercise price of $5.00  per share, were outstanding  under
the  Directors Option Plan.  Each of Messrs. Silverman,  Weingarten and Zell has
been granted options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire 25,000 shares of
Common Stock in consideration for services rendered as a director of the Company
during 1995. In  addition, each  of Messrs.  Weingarten and  Silverman has  been
granted  options under the Directors Option Plan to acquire an additional 25,000
shares of Common Stock for services rendered during 1995 as members of the Audit
and Compensation  Committees  of the  Board  of Directors.  Messrs.  Weingarten,
Silverman  and  Zell have  been granted  options to  acquire 37,500,  37,500 and
25,000 shares of  Common Stock, respectively,  for services rendered  and to  be
rendered as a director of the Company in 1996.
 
INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
 
    In order to attract, retain and motivate qualified employees, align employee
interests  with those of the stockholders and reward employees for enhancing the
value of  the Company,  TeleTech  has established  the TeleTech  Holdings,  Inc.
Incentive  Compensation Plan (the  "Incentive Plan"). Under  the Incentive Plan,
certain management-level employees of the Company are eligible to receive annual
performance  bonuses   based  upon   the   Company's  achievement   of   certain
predetermined  financial goals.  Awards under  the Incentive  Plan will  be paid
annually from an incentive pool, which is funded annually by a percentage of the
amount by which the net income of the Company exceeds the established  threshold
performance  level for that year. From  this incentive pool, each SBU executive,
manager and key employee is entitled to receive a cash incentive award up to  an
annual   bonus  limitation,  which  is  determined  each  year  based  upon  the
recipient's base salary. No awards will be made under the Incentive Plan,  which
was adopted on May 14, 1996, until 1997.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Alan  Silverman  and  Richard  Weingarten are  the  current  members  of the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
    Pursuant to the  Amended and  Restated Investment Agreement  to take  effect
upon  the closing of the Offering,  certain existing stockholders of the Company
(the "Existing  Stockholders")  are  entitled,  by  majority  vote,  to  require
TeleTech,  at its sole expense, to register under the Securities Act all or part
of their Common Stock. In addition, if TeleTech proposes to register any of  its
securities   under  the  Securities  Act  for  its  own  account,  the  Existing
Stockholders may  require TeleTech,  at its  sole expense,  to include  in  such
registration  all or part of  the 8,300,000 shares of  Common Stock owned by the
Existing Stockholders. Mr. Silverman owns 258,330 shares of Common Stock.  TIGP,
a  partnership  of which  Mr. Weingarten  is a  general partner,  owns 8,525,000
shares  of  Common  Stock;  however,  the  managing  general  partner  of   TIGP
 
                                       36

holds  sole power to vote  and dispose of all shares  owned by TIGP. The Company
has been advised that, immediately following  the closing of the Offering,  TIGP
will  be  dissolved and  its assets  will  be distributed  to its  partners. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    SUMMARY OF CASH AND  CERTAIN OTHER COMPENSATION.   The following table  sets
forth  information with respect  to all compensation  earned by TeleTech's chief
executive officer and TeleTech's two other executive officers as of December 31,
1995 (collectively, the  "Named Executive  Officers") for  services rendered  to
TeleTech during 1995.
 
                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 1995
 


                                                                  ANNUAL COMPENSATION
                                                      -------------------------------------------
                                                                                    OTHER ANNUAL     ALL OTHER
                                                         SALARY          BONUS      COMPENSATION   COMPENSATION
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                                ($)            ($)            ($)          ($) (1)
- ----------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                       
Kenneth D. Tuchman, Chairman, President & Chief
 Executive Officer..................................  $  750,000     $  250,000      $  56,300(2)    $  10,830
Joseph D. Livingston, Senior Vice President & Chief
 Operating Officer..................................     174,090(3)     168,743(4)          --           4,500
Steven B. Coburn, Chief Financial Officer...........      28,000(5)          --             --              --

 
- ---------
(1) Represents  the  full dollar  value  of premiums  paid  by the  Company with
    respect to life insurance for the  benefit of Mr. Tuchman or Mr.  Livingston
    and his respective beneficiaries.
 
(2) Includes  $20,000 in aggregate membership  dues and initiation fees, $17,500
    paid as  a  car  allowance, $15,600  for  lease  of a  townhouse  and  other
    perquisites and personal benefits paid by the Company to or on behalf of Mr.
    Tuchman.
 
(3) Includes approximately $11,340 paid to Mr. Livingston for accrued but unused
    vacation time.
 
(4) Includes  a $75,000  annual performance  bonus and  an approximately $93,700
    one-time bonus  for  Mr.  Livingston's  assistance  in  obtaining  a  client
    contract.
 
(5) Mr.  Coburn joined  TeleTech in  October 1995  at an  annual base  salary of
    $120,000. See "--Employment Agreements."
 
    OPTION GRANTS.  The following table sets forth information regarding  grants
of  stock  options under  the Option  Plan  during 1995  to the  Named Executive
Officers.
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 


                                                                                                  POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                      NUMBER OF                                                 VALUE AT ASSUMED ANNUAL
                                       SHARES       PERCENTAGE OF                                 RATES OF STOCK PRICE
                                     UNDERLYING     TOTAL OPTIONS                               APPRECIATION FOR OPTION
                                       OPTIONS       GRANTED TO       EXERCISE                          TERM (3)
                                       GRANTED      EMPLOYEES IN      PRICE PER    EXPIRATION   ------------------------
NAME                                     (#)         FISCAL YEAR      SHARE (1)     DATE (2)        5%          10%
- -----------------------------------  -----------  -----------------  -----------  ------------  ----------  ------------
                                                                                          
Kenneth D. Tuchman.................          --             --               --        --               --            --
Joseph D. Livingston...............     750,000             36%       $    1.29     1/1/2005    $  608,456  $  1,541,946
Steven B. Coburn...................     250,000             12%            2.00    9/15/2005       314,447       796,871

 
- ---------
(1) Each option has been granted pursuant to the Option Plan and expires on  the
    date  ten years after the date of  grant. The exercise price equals the fair
    market value of the  Common Stock on  the grant date,  as determined by  the
    Board  of Directors based upon the most recent price prior to the grant date
    at which the Company, in arms' length transactions, had issued Common  Stock
    in  connection  with acquisitions  or had  sold  Preferred Stock  in capital
    raising transactions.
 
                                       37

(2) Options granted to  Messrs. Livingston  and Coburn  vest pro  rata over  the
    three years and five years, respectively, following the date of grant.
 
(3) The  potential realizable value is calculated  assuming that the fair market
    value on the date of grant, which equals the exercise price, appreciates  at
    the  indicated annual rate (set by  the Commission), compounded annually for
    the term  of  the option.  Based  on the  initial  price to  public  in  the
    Offering,  the  actual realizable  value of  the options  will substantially
    exceed the potential realizable values shown in the table.
 
    OPTION HOLDINGS.  No options were  exercised by Named Executive Officers  in
1995.  The following table sets forth  information with respect to the aggregate
number and value of  shares underlying unexercised options  held by each of  the
Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 1995.
 
                         FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 


                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
                                                        UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED       VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                      OPTIONS AS OF DECEMBER 31,   IN-THE- MONEY OPTIONS AS
                                                                 1995              OF DECEMBER 31, 1995 (1)
                                                      --------------------------  --------------------------
NAME                                                  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE
- ----------------------------------------------------  -----------  -------------  -----------  -------------
                                                                                   
Kenneth D. Tuchman..................................          --            --            --             --
Joseph D. Livingston................................     250,000       500,000     $ 927,500    $ 1,855,000
Steven B. Coburn....................................          --       250,000            --        750,000

 
- ---------
(1) The  exercise price of each option was based on the deemed fair market value
    of the option shares at  fiscal year end ($5.00  per share as determined  by
    the  Board of Directors based on the most recent price prior to December 31,
    1995 at which the Company had issued  or agreed to issue Common Stock)  less
    the exercise price payable for such shares.
 
TELETECH STOCK OPTION PLAN
 
    The  Company's Option Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors in December
1994 and  by the  Company's stockholders  in January  1995 and  was amended  and
restated  in January  1996. The  Option Plan  authorizes the  issuance of  up to
7,000,000 shares  of Common  Stock  through the  grant  of (i)  incentive  stock
options  ("ISOs") within  the meaning  of Section  422 of  the Code,  (ii) stock
options that are not intended to qualify  under Section 422 of the Code  ("NSOs"
and  together with ISOs,  "Options"), (iii) stock  appreciation rights ("SARs"),
(iv) restricted stock  and (v)  phantom stock.  Directors, officers,  employees,
consultants  and independent contractors of the Company or any subsidiary of the
Company, as selected from time to time by the committee administering the Option
Plan, are  eligible to  participate in  the Option  Plan. As  of May  15,  1996,
Options  to acquire an  aggregate of 472,085  shares of Common  Stock and 76,000
shares of restricted stock were outstanding. No SARs or phantom stock have  been
issued under the Option Plan.
 
    The  Option  Plan provides  that it  is  to be  administered by  a committee
comprised of  two or  more disinterested  directors appointed  by the  Board  of
Directors  (the  "Committee").  The  Compensation  Committee  of  the  Board  of
Directors, which is  comprised of  two disinterested directors  of the  Company,
currently  acts  as the  Committee  under the  Option  Plan. Subject  to certain
limitations, the Committee has complete  discretion to determine which  eligible
individuals  are to receive awards  under the Option Plan,  the form and vesting
schedule of awards, the number of shares subject to each award and the  exercise
price, the manner of payment and expiration date applicable to each award.
 
    All  awards under  the Option  Plan are  subject to  vesting and forfeiture.
Unless the Committee  establishes otherwise  at the  time of  award, all  awards
under the Option Plan vest at an accelerating rate over a period of five years.
 
    Set  forth below  is a  summary of  the terms  of the  Option Plan  that are
applicable to each of the various types of awards covered thereby.
 
                                       38

    OPTIONS.  All  Options expire  on the  date that  is the  earliest of  three
months after the holder's termination of employment with the Company (other than
termination  for Cause), six months after the  holder's death and 10 years after
the date of grant.  Options also are subject  to forfeiture upon termination  of
employment  or directorship for "Cause." The exercise  price per share of an ISO
is determined by the Committee at the time of grant but in no event may be  less
than  the  fair  market  value  of  the  Common  Stock  on  the  date  of grant.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if  an ISO is granted  to a participant who  owns
more  than 10% of the voting  power of all classes of  stock of the Company, the
exercise price must  be at least  110% of the  fair market value  of the  Common
Stock and the exercise period must not exceed five years from the date of grant.
The  exercise price per  share of an NSO  is determined by  the Committee in its
sole discretion.
 
    SARS.  SARs  may be issued  independent of an  Option or, alternatively,  in
connection  with  an Option  (a  "Tandem SAR"),  in  which case  the  Tandem SAR
terminates simultaneously upon the  expiration of the  related Option. A  Tandem
SAR  is only  exercisable if the  fair market value  of a share  of Common Stock
exceeds the exercise price of the related Option.
 
    RESTRICTED  STOCK.    Restricted  stock  entitles  the  holder  thereof   to
participate  as a stockholder of the Company;  however, the holder may not sell,
transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber such stock prior to the time it vests.  A
holder  of restricted  stock forfeits all  unpaid accumulated  dividends and all
shares of restricted  stock that have  not vested  prior to the  date that  such
holder's employment with the Company is terminated for any reason.
 
    PHANTOM  STOCK.  Phantom stock entitles  the holder thereof to surrender any
vested portion of such phantom  stock in exchange for  cash or shares of  Common
Stock,  as the Committee  may determine, in  an amount equal  to the fair market
value of Common Stock on the date of surrender.
 
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
 
    TeleTech entered into  an employment  agreement with Kenneth  D. Tuchman  as
Chairman of the Board and President of TeleTech for a term commencing on January
1,  1995 and ending on  December 27, 1997 (the  "Term"). Subsequent thereto, Mr.
Tuchman also was elected as the Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. Pursuant to
the agreement,  Mr. Tuchman  is entitled  to receive  an annual  base salary  of
$750,000,  as adjusted on January  1 of each year during  the Term by the annual
percentage increase  in the  Consumer Price  Index for  Urban Wage  Earners  and
Clerical  Workers for the  Denver metropolitan area  (the "CPI Percentage"). Mr.
Tuchman also is eligible  to receive an annual  performance bonus not to  exceed
$250,000,  as adjusted  annually by  the CPI  Percentage, based  upon TeleTech's
achievement of certain predetermined  performance goals. The agreement  requires
the  Company to maintain, on behalf of Mr. Tuchman, a $24 million life insurance
policy (half of which  is payable to  his beneficiaries), disability  insurance,
accident, death and dismemberment insurance, errors and omissions insurance with
a  policy limit of not less than $1  million and entitles Mr. Tuchman to receive
certain perquisites specified  therein. Under  the terms of  his agreement,  Mr.
Tuchman  is prohibited,  during his employment  and for  three years thereafter,
from disclosing any confidential information  or trade secrets of TeleTech.  Mr.
Tuchman  also is prohibited, during his employment and for three years after the
Company terminates his  employment for Good  Cause (as defined  therein) or  Mr.
Tuchman voluntarily terminates his employment with the Company, from engaging in
any  business, or  becoming employed by  or otherwise rendering  services to any
company (other  than TeleTech)  that  has as  its  primary business  inbound  or
outbound  teleservices. The agreement  provides that if  TeleTech terminates Mr.
Tuchman's employment for Good Cause, TeleTech will pay Mr. Tuchman his salary as
accrued through the date  of termination. If  TeleTech terminates Mr.  Tuchman's
employment  without Good Cause, TeleTech  will pay to him  the lesser of (i) the
sum of his salary  as accrued through the  date of termination, his  performance
bonus,  prorated for  any portion  of the  year remaining  and calculated  as if
TeleTech had  achieved its  performance  goals, and  the  present value  of  all
payments  that otherwise would have been made to him during the remainder of the
Term, calculated as  if TeleTech  had achieved  its performance  goals, or  (ii)
three  times the  aggregate salary  and performance bonus  earned by  him in the
immediately preceding year.
 
    TeleTech entered into an employment  agreement with Joseph D. Livingston  as
Senior  Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of TeleTech effective January
1, 1995. Pursuant to the agreement, as amended,
 
                                       39

Mr. Livingston is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $160,000 for 1995
and $250,000 for 1996 and thereafter and  also is eligible to receive an  annual
performance  bonus based  upon TeleTech's  achievement of  certain predetermined
performance goals. TeleTech also has granted Mr. Livingston options to  purchase
750,000  and 75,000  shares of Common  Stock at  an exercise price  of $1.29 and
$8.00 per share, respectively, which options vest over three and five years from
the date of grant,  respectively. Mr. Livingston's  employment with TeleTech  is
terminable  at any time by either party, with or without cause. Upon termination
of employment,  Mr.  Livingston will  be  entitled to  unpaid  compensation  for
services  rendered  through  the  date of  termination,  together  with employee
benefits accrued  through  the date  of  termination.  Under the  terms  of  his
agreement,  Mr.  Livingston  is  prohibited  from  disclosing  any  confidential
information or  trade secrets  of  TeleTech. The  Agreement also  prohibits  Mr.
Livingston,  for  the  three  years after  termination  of  his  employment with
TeleTech, from  engaging  in any  business  or becoming  employed  or  otherwise
rendering services to any company engaging in, inbound or outbound teleservices,
development  or  maintenance of  voice or  data communication,  certain software
applications, customer communications  services or  technological innovation  or
support for any of the foregoing.
 
    The  Company entered  into a three  year employment  agreement commencing on
October 2, 1995  with Steven B.  Coburn. Pursuant to  the agreement, Mr.  Coburn
serves  as Chief Financial Officer of the  Company and is entitled to receive an
annual base salary  of $120,000  for 1995 and,  commencing January  1, 1996,  an
annual base salary of $135,000. Mr. Coburn also is eligible to receive an annual
performance  bonus of not more  than twenty-five percent of  his salary upon the
Company's achievement of  certain predetermined performance  goals. The  Company
has  granted Mr. Coburn options to purchase 250,000 shares of Common Stock at an
exercise price of  $2.00 per share,  which options  vest over a  period of  five
years  beginning  with the  thirteenth month  of  his employment.  The agreement
prohibits Mr.  Coburn  from disclosing  any  confidential information  or  trade
secrets of the Company. Mr. Coburn also is prohibited, during his employment and
for  three years after the Company terminates  his employment for Good Cause (as
defined therein) or Mr.  Coburn voluntarily terminates  his employment with  the
Company,  from engaging  in any business,  or becoming employed  by or otherwise
rendering services to any company (other than TeleTech), that has as its primary
business inbound or outbound teleservices or technological innovation or support
with respect thereto.
 
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION MATTERS
 
    TeleTech's Restated Certificate  of Incorporation and  By-laws provide  that
TeleTech  shall  indemnify  its  directors,  and  may  indemnify  its  officers,
employees and other agents, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. The
Company also is authorized  to secure insurance  on behalf of  any person it  is
required  or  permitted  to  indemnify.  Pursuant  to  this  provision, TeleTech
maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and officers.
 
    TeleTech has entered into agreements to indemnify its directors and  certain
of  its officers, in addition to  the indemnification provided for in TeleTech's
Restated Certificate  of Incorporation  and By-laws.  These agreements  provide,
among  other things, that TeleTech will indemnify its directors and officers for
all direct and indirect expenses  and costs (including, without limitation,  all
reasonable  attorneys' fees and related disbursements, other out-of-pocket costs
and reasonable compensation for  time spent by such  persons for which they  are
not  otherwise compensated by  TeleTech or any third  person) and liabilities of
any type  whatsoever  (including, but  not  limited to,  judgements,  fines  and
settlement  fees) actually and reasonably incurred  by such person in connection
with either the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any  threatened,
pending  or completed action, suit or  other proceeding, including any action by
or in the right of the corporation,  arising out of such person's services as  a
director,  officer,  employee  or other  agent  of TeleTech,  any  subsidiary of
TeleTech or  any  other company  or  enterprise  to which  the  person  provides
services at the request of TeleTech. TeleTech believes that these provisions and
agreements  are  necessary  to  attract  and  retain  talented  and  experienced
directors and officers.
 
                                       40

              CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
 
    In addition to the transactions described elsewhere in this Prospectus,  the
following  transactions have been effected, or are being contemplated, involving
the  Company,  and  its  directors,  executive  officers  or  stockholders.  See
"Management--Compensation  Committee Interlocks  and Insider  Participation" and
"Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    During 1995, TeleTech provided reservations call handling services to Midway
Airlines Corporation ("Midway"),  a majority-owned  subsidiary of  Zell/Chilmark
Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of TeleTech, is an affiliate of Zell/Chilmark
Fund,  L.P. During the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996,
TeleTech charged Midway an aggregate  of $1,291,862 and $600,904,  respectively,
for  services rendered by TeleTech. As of  December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996,
the total  amounts  due from  Midway  for  services rendered  by  TeleTech  were
$535,845   and  $570,274,   respectively,  of   which  $354,526   and  $462,958,
respectively, were past due. TeleTech has continued to provide reservations call
handling services to Midway in the current fiscal year.
 
    In April 1996, TeleTech agreed to  accept from Midway, and Midway  delivered
to  the  Company, a  promissory  note in  the  principal amount  of  $500,000 to
evidence a portion of the total amount due and owing. The note bears interest at
a rate of 8%  per annum and  is payable in 12  equal installments of  principal,
together with interest, commencing May 1, 1996.
 
    TeleTech has agreed to pay, prior to the closing of the Offering, $1 million
to  Equity Group Investments, Inc. ("EGI"), an  affiliate of Mr Zell, a director
of TeleTech, for certain  advisory services rendered by  EGI in connection  with
the  Offering, the acquisition of Access 24  and the joint venture with PPP. The
Company may  retain EGI,  or other  affiliates of  Mr. Zell,  to render  similar
services  after the Offering. Any such engagement, and the terms upon which such
engagement will occur, will  be subject to the  prior approval of  disinterested
directors  of  the Company.  Of  the $1  million  payable to  EGI, approximately
$500,000 relate to  services rendered in  connection with the  Offering and  are
included as expenses thereof.
 
    TeleTech  has  utilized  the  services  of  The  Riverside  Agency,  Inc. in
reviewing, obtaining  or  renewing  various insurance  policies.  The  Riverside
Agency, Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of EGI. During the twelve months ended
December  31, 1995, The Riverside Agency, Inc. invoiced TeleTech an aggregate of
$23,965 and $47,930, respectively, for services rendered.
 
    Under the  terms of  the Stock  Transfer and  Registration Rights  Agreement
among Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited and Bevero Pty Limited, existing holders of
Common  Stock (the "Common Stockholders"), and TeleTech, if TeleTech proposes to
register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own account, the
Common Stockholders may  require TeleTech, at  its sole expense,  to include  in
such  registration all or part of the 970,240 shares of Common Stock held by the
Common Stockholders. None of such shares are being registered in connection with
the Offering.
 
    In 1993 and 1994, Mr. Tuchman made loans to the Company that were  evidenced
by subordinated promissory notes with an interest rate of 8% per annum. In 1995,
the Company paid interest of $11,000 to Mr. Tuchman on such notes. In connection
with  the Company's restructuring and sale of  $12 million of Preferred Stock in
January 1995,  the Company  repaid the  approximately $1.2  million  outstanding
balance  of such notes. Also in 1995,  TeleTech paid a dividend of approximately
$452,000 to Mr. Tuchman.
 
    TeleTech believes  that  all transactions  disclosed  above have  been,  and
TeleTech's  Board of  Directors intends  that any  future transactions  with its
officers, directors, affiliates or principal stockholders will be, on terms that
are no less favorable to TeleTech than those that are obtainable in arms' length
transactions with unaffiliated third parties.
 
                                       41

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  with respect  to  the
beneficial  ownership of the Company's  Common Stock as of  May 15, 1996, and as
adjusted to reflect the sale of shares of Common Stock being offered hereby,  by
(i)  each stockholder who is known by  the Company to beneficially own more than
5% of  the  currently outstanding  shares  of Common  Stock,  (ii) each  of  the
Company's  directors and the  Named Executive Officers,  (iii) all directors and
executive officers of the Company as a group and (iv) the Selling Stockholders.
 


                                                 SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED PRIOR                    SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED
                                                         TO THE OFFERING             NUMBER OF          AFTER THE OFFERING
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVES OFFICERS                   -------------------------------   SHARES BEING    ----------------------------
AND CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS (1)                           NUMBER          PERCENT      OFFERED (2)        NUMBER         PERCENT
- -----------------------------------------------  ------------------  -----------  ---------------  ---------------  -----------
                                                                                                     
Kenneth D. Tuchman.............................    40,700,000(3)          79.7%      1,000,000       39,700,000          72.1%
Joseph D. Livingston...........................       354,167(4)             *              --          354,167             *
Steven B. Coburn...............................            --                *              --               --             *
Alan Silverman.................................       345,830(5)(6)          *              --          345,830             *
Richard Weingarten.............................        87,500(6)(7)          *              --          255,834(7)          *
Samuel Zell....................................     8,575,000(8)          16.8         950,000(9)     2,570,973(8)        4.7%
All directors and executive officers as a group
 (6 persons)...................................    50,049,997             98.1       1,950,000(10)   42,647,637          77.7
Jack Silverman.................................       258,340(11)            *          50,000          208,340             *
TeleTech Investors General Partnership
c/o Equity Group Investments, Inc.
Two North Riverside Plaza
Chicago, Illinois 60606........................     8,525,000(12)         16.7         950,000               --             *

 
- ---------
 *  Less than one percent
 
 (1)The address  of  each director  and  executive officer  is  in care  of  the
    Company, 1700 Lincoln Street, Suite 1400, Denver, Colorado 80203.
 
 (2)Assumes  no  exercise of  the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option.  If the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised,  Mr. Tuchman will sell  up
    to 900,000 additional shares and, assuming all such shares are sold, he will
    beneficially own 38,800,000 shares or 70.5% of the total outstanding shares.
 
 (3)Mr.  Tuchman is the  founder, Chairman of the  Board of Directors, President
    and Chief Executive Officer of TeleTech. See "Management."
 
 (4)Includes 354,167 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the
    Option Plan, which are  exercisable as of the  date of this Prospectus.  Mr.
    Livingston  is the Senior Vice President  and Chief Operating Officer of the
    Company. See "Management."
 
 (5)Includes 258,330 shares of Common  Stock issuable upon conversion of  51,666
    shares  of Preferred Stock  owned by Mr.  Silverman, which he  has agreed to
    convert into Common Stock  pursuant to the  Preferred Stock Conversion,  and
    87,500  shares  subject  to  options  exercisable as  of  the  date  of this
    Prospectus. See note (6) below.
 
 (6)Includes 87,500 shares of Common Stock subject to options granted to each of
    Messrs. Silverman  and  Weingarten  under the  Directors  Option  Plan.  See
    "Management--Compensation of Directors."
 
 (7)  Mr.  Weingarten,  as  a  general  partner  of  TeleTech  Investors General
    Partnership ("TIGP"), owns an undivided interest in the 8,525,000 shares  of
    Common  Stock  issuable  upon  conversion  of  TIGP's  1,705,000  shares  of
    Preferred Stock. Zell General  Partnership, Inc., an  affiliate of Mr.  Zell
    and  the managing general partner of  TIGP (the "Managing General Partner"),
    has the sole power to vote and dispose of these shares. Upon dissolution  of
    TIGP    (see   note   (8)   below),    Mr.   Weingarten   will   receive   a
 
                                       42

    distribution of his proportionate share of the net proceeds from TIGP's sale
    of Common Stock and the remaining shares of Common Stock not sold by TIGP in
    the Offering. Following such distribution,  Mr. Weingarten will own  255,834
    shares of Common Stock, which includes 87,500 shares of Common Stock subject
    to options granted under the Directors Option Plan.
 
 (8)  Includes 50,000 shares of  Common Stock subject to  options granted to Mr.
    Zell under the Directors  Option Plan and, prior  to the Offering  8,525,000
    shares  of Common Stock issuable upon  conversion of the 1,705,000 shares of
    Preferred  Stock  owned  by   TIGP.  See  note   (10)  below  and   "Certain
    Relationships  and Related Party Transactions." The Managing General Partner
    has agreed to convert,  pursuant to the Preferred  Stock Conversion, all  of
    its  shares of Preferred Stock into shares  of Common Stock. The Company has
    been advised that, immediately after the closing of the Offering, TIGP  will
    be  dissolved and the net proceeds from TIGP's sale of Common Stock, and the
    remaining shares of Common Stock not sold  by TIGP in the Offering, will  be
    distributed  to  its partners.  Following such  distribution, Mr.  Zell will
    beneficially own 2,570,973  shares of  Common Stock,  which includes  50,000
    shares of Common Stock subject to options granted under the Directors Option
    Plan.   See  "Management"  and  "Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Party
    Transactions."
 
 (9) Represents the shares being sold by TIGP.
 
(10) Represents the shares being sold by Mr. Tuchman and TIGP.
 
(11) The shares reflected in the table are issuable upon conversion of, and  Mr.
    Silverman  has  agreed to  convert in  the  Preferred Stock  Conversion, his
    51,668 shares of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.
 
(12) Includes 8,525,000 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion,  to
    occur  immediately prior and subject to consummation of the Offering, of the
    1,705,000 shares of  Preferred Stock  owned by  TIGP. The  Company has  been
    advised  that, immediately after  the closing of the  Offering, TIGP will be
    dissolved and its assets will be distributed to its partners. See notes  (7)
    and (8) above.
 
                                       43

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    Pursuant  to  the Company's  Certificate of  Incorporation, the  Company has
authority  to  issue  an  aggregate  of  51,860,000  shares  of  capital  stock,
consisting  of 50,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $.002 per share, and
1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock,  par value $6.45 per  share. As of May  15,
1996,  after giving effect to the five-for-one stock split, the Company's issued
and outstanding capital stock  consisted of 41,746,240  shares of Common  Stock,
held by five holders of record, and 1,860,000 shares of Preferred Stock, held by
four  holders of record. Pursuant to the Preferred Stock Conversion, the holders
of all of the issued  and outstanding shares of  Preferred Stock have agreed  to
convert,  immediately prior and subject  to the closing of  the Offering, all of
the 1,860,000  shares of  Preferred Stock  owned by  them into  an aggregate  of
9,300,000  shares of Common Stock. Thus,  no information regarding the currently
outstanding Preferred Stock is set forth below.
 
    Concurrently with the closing of the Offering, officers of the Company  will
cause  to be  filed in  Delaware and  to take  effect a  Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the  Company (the "Restated  Certificate"). Under the  Restated
Certificate,   the  Company  will  have  authority  to  issue  an  aggregate  of
160,000,000 shares of capital stock, consisting of 150,000,000 shares of  Common
Stock, par value $.002 per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock.
 
    Set forth below is a description of the Common Stock, and of preferred stock
that may be issued, under the Restated Certificate.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    The rights of the holders of the Common Stock discussed below are subject to
such rights as the Board of Directors may hereafter confer on the holders of the
preferred  stock; accordingly,  rights conferred  on holders  of preferred stock
issued under the Restated Certificate may adversely affect the rights of holders
of the Common Stock.
 
    Subject to  the  right  of  holders  of  Preferred  Stock,  the  holders  of
outstanding  shares of  Common Stock  are entitled  to receive  dividends out of
assets legally available  therefor, at  such times and  in such  amounts as  the
Board  of Directors may from time to  time determine. See "Dividend Policy." The
shares of Common Stock  are neither redeemable nor  convertible and the  holders
thereof  have no preemptive or subscription rights to purchase any securities of
the Company. Upon  liquidation, dissolution or  winding up of  the Company,  the
holders  of Common Stock  are entitled to  receive, PRO RATA,  the assets of the
Company that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all  debts
and  other  liabilities  and subject  to  the  prior rights  of  any  holders of
Preferred Stock  then outstanding.  Each outstanding  share of  Common Stock  is
entitled  to one vote on all matters  submitted to a vote of stockholders. There
is no cumulative voting in the election of directors.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    The  Restated  Certificate  authorizes  the  Board  of  Directors  to  issue
preferred  stock  in  classes  or  series  and  to  establish  the designations,
preferences, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of any class or  series
with  respect to,  among other  things, the  rate and  nature of  dividends, the
price, terms  and conditions  on which  shares may  be redeemed,  the terms  and
conditions  for conversion  or exchange  into any other  class or  series of the
stock and voting rights.  The Company will have  authority, without approval  of
the  holders of Common Stock, to issue preferred stock that has voting, dividend
or liquidation rights superior to the Common Stock and that may adversely affect
the rights of holders  of Common Stock. The  issuance of preferred stock,  while
providing  flexibility  in  connection  with  possible  acquisitions  and  other
corporate purposes, could, among other things, adversely affect the voting power
of the holders of Common Stock and could have the effect of delaying,  deferring
or  preventing a change in control of  the Company. The Company currently has no
plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
 
DELAWARE STATUTORY BUSINESS COMBINATION PROVISION
 
    Section 203 of the Delaware  General Corporation Law ("DGCL") is  applicable
to  corporate takeovers  in Delaware.  Subject to  certain exceptions  set forth
therein, Section 203 of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall not engage in
any business  combination with  any "interested  stockholder" for  a  three-year
 
                                       44

period   following  the  date  that   such  stockholder  becomes  an  interested
stockholder unless  (a)  prior to  such  date, the  board  of directors  of  the
corporation  approved either  the business  combination or  the transaction that
resulted in  the  stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder,  (b)  upon
consummation  of the  transaction that resulted  in the  stockholder becoming an
interested stockholder, the  interested stockholder  owned at least  85% of  the
voting  stock  of  the  corporation  outstanding  at  the  time  the transaction
commenced (excluding certain specified shares) or  (c) on or subsequent to  such
date,  the business  combination is  approved by the  board of  directors of the
corporation and by the affirmative vote of  at least 66 2/3% of the  outstanding
voting  stock  that  is  not  owned by  the  interested  stockholder.  Except as
specified therein, an "interested stockholder" is defined to include any  person
that  is (i) the  owner of 15%  or more of  the outstanding voting  stock of the
corporation, (ii) an  affiliate or  associate of  that corporation  and was  the
owner  of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation, at any
time within three  years immediately prior  to the relevant  date, and (iii)  an
affiliate  or associate of the persons described in the foregoing clauses (i) or
(ii). Under  certain  circumstances, Section  203  of  the DGCL  makes  it  more
difficult   for  an   "interested  stockholder"   to  effect   various  business
combinations  with  a  corporation  for   a  three-year  period,  although   the
stockholders  may, by adopting an amendment  to the corporation's certificate of
incorporation or  By-laws, elect  for  the corporation  not  to be  governed  by
Section  203, effective twelve months after adoption. None of the Certificate of
Incorporation, the Restated Certificate and the By-laws exempt the Company  from
the  restrictions imposed under Section 203 of  the DGCL. It is anticipated that
the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL may encourage companies interested  in
acquiring the Company to negotiate in advance with the Board of Directors of the
Company  because  the stockholder  approval requirement  would  be avoided  if a
majority of the directors then in office approve either the business combination
or the  transaction  that results  in  the stockholder  becoming  an  interested
stockholder.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  Transfer Agent and Registrar  for the Common Stock is
       .
 
                                       45

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Upon completion of the Offering,  TeleTech will have outstanding  55,046,240
shares  of Common Stock. Of these  outstanding shares of Common Stock, 8,015,200
shares, including  the  shares  to be  sold  in  the Offering,  will  be  freely
tradeable  without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act,
unless purchased by "affiliates"  of TeleTech, as that  term is defined in  Rule
144  promulgated under  the Securities Act.  The remaining  49,031,040 shares of
Common Stock are  "restricted securities"  as the term  is defined  in Rule  144
("Restricted  Shares"). Restricted Shares may be  sold in the public market only
if registered or if such shares qualify for an exemption from registration under
Rules 144 or  701 promulgated  under the  Securities Act,  which are  summarized
below.  Sales of the Restricted Shares in the public market, or the availability
of such shares for sale, could adversely  affect the market price of the  Common
Stock.
 
    All  officers and directors and  certain stockholders (including the Selling
Stockholders) and option  holders of TeleTech  have agreed that  they will  not,
directly  or indirectly, without  the prior written consent  of Morgan Stanley &
Co. Incorporated, offer,  pledge, sell,  contract to  sell, sell  any option  or
contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
right  or warrant to purchase or otherwise  transfer or dispose of any shares of
Common Stock  or any  securities  convertible into  or exchangeable  for  Common
Stock,  for a period of 180 days after  the date of this Prospectus. The Company
has been advised that TIGP, one of the Selling Stockholders, intends to dissolve
after the Offering and  distribute its shares of  Common Stock to its  partners,
provided  that  all of  such partners  have agreed  to be  bound by  the 180-day
lock-up arrangement. The  number of  outstanding shares subject  to the  lock-up
arrangements  that  will  be  available  for sale  in  the  public  market, upon
expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, will be approximately          shares.
The  approximately          remaining Restricted Shares will become eligible for
sale upon  expiration  of their  respective  two-year holding  periods  or  upon
exercise of the registration rights described below.
 
    In  general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned Restricted Shares for at
least two years (including,  in certain circumstances, the  holding period of  a
prior owner) would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares  that does not  exceed the greater of:  (i) one percent  of the number of
shares of Common Stock then outstanding (which will equal approximately  570,400
shares  immediately  after the  Offering); or  (ii)  the average  weekly trading
volume of the Common Stock during  the four calendar weeks preceding the  filing
of  a Form 144 with respect to such  sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject
to certain  "manner of  sale"  provisions and  notice  requirements and  to  the
availability  of current public information about TeleTech. Under Rule 144(k), a
person who is  not deemed  to have  been an affiliate  of TeleTech  at any  time
during  the 90 days preceding a sale,  and who has beneficially owned the shares
proposed  to  be  sold  for  at   least  three  years  (including,  in   certain
circumstances,  the holding period of  a prior owner), is  entitled to sell such
shares without complying  with the  manner of sale,  public information,  volume
limitation  or  notice  provisions  of  Rule  144;  therefore,  unless otherwise
restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold  immediately upon the completion of  the
Offering.
 
    In  addition, any employee, officer or director of or consultant to TeleTech
who purchased  his or  her shares  pursuant to  a written  compensatory plan  or
contract  may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701
permits affiliates  to  sell  their  Rule 701  shares  under  Rule  144  without
complying  with the  holding period requirements  of Rule 144.  Rule 701 further
provides that  non-affiliates may  sell  such shares  in  reliance on  Rule  144
without  having  to comply  with the  public  information, volume  limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
    Following the Offering, the Company intends to file under the Securities Act
one or more registration statements on Form S-8 to register all of the shares of
Common Stock (i) subject to outstanding  options and reserved for future  option
grants  under the Option Plan and (ii) subject to options granted outside of the
Option Plan. These registration statements are expected to become effective upon
filing and shares covered by these registration statements will be eligible  for
sale,  subject, in the case of affiliates only, to the restrictions of Rule 144,
other than the  holding period  requirement, and  subject to  expiration of  the
lock-up agreements with the Underwriters.
 
                                       46

    Pursuant  to the  Amended and Restated  Investment Agreement  to take effect
upon the closing  of the Offering,  the Existing Stockholders  are entitled,  by
majority  vote, to require TeleTech, at its  sole expense, to register under the
Securities Act  all or  part of  their Common  Stock. In  addition, if  TeleTech
proposes  to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for its own
account, the Existing Stockholders may require TeleTech, at its sole expense, to
include in such registration all or part of the 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock
owned by the Existing Stockholders.  These registration rights will continue  in
effect following the Preferred Stock Conversion and the closing of the Offering.
An  aggregate  of 1,000,000  such  shares are  being  registered by  the Selling
Stockholder  in  connection  with  the  Offering.  See  "Compensation  Committee
Interlocks and Insider Participation."
 
    Under  the terms of the Stock Transfer and Registration Rights Agreement, if
TeleTech proposes to register any of its securities under the Securities Act for
its own  account, the  Common Stockholders  may require  TeleTech, at  its  sole
expense,  to include in such  registration all or part  of the 970,240 shares of
Common Stock held  by the  Common Stockholders. None  of such  shares are  being
registered  in  connection with  the  Offering. See  "Certain  Relationships and
Related Party Transactions."
 
                                       47

                CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS
                      FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF COMMON STOCK
 
    The  following discussion concerns the material United States federal income
and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of shares of Common
Stock applicable to Non-U.S. Holders of such shares of Common Stock. In general,
a "Non-U.S. Holder" is any  holder other than (i) a  citizen or resident of  the
United  States, (ii)  a corporation or  partnership created or  organized in the
United States or under  the law of the  United States or any  State or (iii)  an
estate  or trust whose  income is includible  in gross income  for United States
federal income tax purposes regardless of its source. The discussion is based on
current law, which is subject to  change retroactively or prospectively, and  is
for  general information  only. The discussion  does not address  all aspects of
federal income and estate  taxation and does not  address any aspects of  state,
local  or non-U.S. tax laws. The discussion does not consider any specific facts
or circumstances that may apply to  a particular Non-U.S. Holder (including  the
fact  that in the  case of a Non-U.S.  Holder that is  a partnership, the United
States tax consequences of holding and  disposing of shares of Common Stock  may
be  affected by certain determinations made  at the partner level). Accordingly,
prospective investors  are urged  to consult  their tax  advisors regarding  the
United   States  federal,  state,  local  and  non-U.S.  income  and  other  tax
consequences of holding and disposing of shares of Common Stock.
 
    DIVIDENDS.  Dividends, if  any (see "Dividend Policy"),  paid to a  Non-U.S.
Holder  generally will be subject to United States withholding tax at a 30% rate
(or a lower rate as  may be prescribed by an  applicable tax treaty) unless  the
dividends  are effectively  connected with a  trade or business  of the Non-U.S.
Holder within the United States. Dividends effectively connected with a trade or
business will generally not  be subject to withholding  (if the Non-U.S.  Holder
properly  files an executed United States  Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") Form
4224 with the payor  of the dividend)  and generally will  be subject to  United
States  federal income tax on a net  income basis at regular graduated rates. In
the case of a Non-U.S. Holder which is a corporation, such effectively connected
income also may be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed
on a  foreign  corporation  on  the  repatriation  from  the  United  States  of
effectively  connected earnings  and profits).  The branch  profits tax  may not
apply if the recipient is a  qualified resident of certain countries with  which
the  United States has an income tax treaty. To determine the applicability of a
tax treaty  providing for  a lower  rate  of withholding,  dividends paid  to  a
stockholder's  address of  record in a  foreign country are  presumed, under the
current IRS position, to be paid to a resident of that country, unless the payor
has knowledge that such presumption is not warranted or an applicable tax treaty
(or United States  Treasury Regulations thereunder)  requires some other  method
for  determining a non-U.S. Holder's  residence. However, recently proposed U.S.
Treasury Regulations, if adopted, would modify the forms and procedures for this
certification.
 
    SALE OF COMMON STOCK.  Generally, a  Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject  to
United  States federal income tax  on any gain realized  upon the disposition of
such holder's  shares  of  Common  Stock unless  (i)  the  gain  is  effectively
connected  with a trade or  business carried on by  the Non-U.S. Holder with the
United States  (in  which case  the  branch profits  tax  may apply);  (ii)  the
Non-U.S.  Holder is  an individual  who holds  the shares  of Common  Stock as a
capital asset and is present  in the United States for  183 days or more in  the
taxable  year of the disposition and to  whom such gain is United States source;
(iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to  tax pursuant to the provisions of  U.S.
tax  law applicable  to certain former  United States citizens  or residents; or
(iv) the Company is or has been  a "U.S. real property holding corporation"  for
federal income tax purposes (which the Company does not believe that it is or is
likely  to become) at any time during the five year period ending on the date of
disposition (or such shorter period that such shares were held) and, subject  to
certain  exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder held, directly or indirectly, more than
five percent of the Common Stock.
 
    ESTATE TAX.    Shares of  Common  Stock owned  or  treated as  owned  by  an
individual  who is not a citizen or resident (as specifically defined for United
States federal estate tax purposes)  of the United States  at the time of  death
may be subject to United States federal estate tax.
 
                                       48

BACKUP WITHHOLDING AND INFORMATION REPORTING
 
    DIVIDENDS.  The Company must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S.
Holder  the  amount of  dividends paid  to and  the tax  withheld, if  any, with
respect  to  such  holder.   These  information  reporting  requirements   apply
regardless  of  whether withholding  was reduced  by  an applicable  tax treaty.
Copies of these information returns may  also be available under the  provisions
of  a specific treaty  or agreement with  the tax authorities  in the country in
which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Dividends  that are subject to United  States
withholding  tax at the 30%  statutory rate or at a  reduced tax treaty rate and
dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business
in the United States (if  certain certification and disclosure requirements  are
met)  are exempt from backup withholding of U.S. federal income tax. In general,
backup withholding at  a rate  of 31% and  information reporting  will apply  to
other  dividends paid on shares of Common  Stock to holders that are not "exempt
recipients" and  fail to  provide  in the  manner required  certain  identifying
information  (such  as the  holder's name,  address and  taxpayer identification
number). Generally, individuals are not exempt recipients, whereas  corporations
and certain other entities generally are exempt recipients.
 
    DISPOSITIONS  OF  COMMON  STOCK.    The payment  of  the  proceeds  from the
disposition of shares  of Common  Stock through the  United States  office of  a
broker  will be subject  to information reporting  and backup withholding unless
the holder,  under penalties  of  perjury, certifies,  among other  things,  its
status  as a Non-U.S. Holder, or  otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally,
the payment of the proceeds from the disposition of shares of Common Stock to or
through a non-U.S. office of a broker will not be subject to backup  withholding
and  will not be subject to information reporting. In the case of the payment of
proceeds from  the disposition  of shares  of Common  Stock through  a  non-U.S.
office  of a broker that  is a U.S. person  or a "U.S.-related person," existing
regulations require information  reporting (but not  backup withholding) on  the
payment  unless the  broker receives  a statement  from the  owner, signed under
penalties of perjury, certifying, among other  things, its status as a  Non-U.S.
Holder,  or the broker has documentary evidence in its files that the owner is a
Non-U.S. Holder and the broker has no actual knowledge to the contrary. For  tax
purpose,  a "U.S.-related person" is (i)  a "controlled foreign corporation" for
United States federal income tax purposes or  (ii) a foreign person 50% or  more
of whose gross income from all sources for the three year period ending with the
close  of its taxable year preceding the payment (or for such part of the period
that the  broker has  been in  existence) is  derived from  activities that  are
effectively connected with the conduct of a United States trade or business.
 
    Any  amount withheld from  a payment to  a Non-U.S. Holder  under the backup
withholding rules  will be  allowed as  a credit  against such  holder's  United
States  federal income tax  liability and may  entitle such holder  to a refund,
provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. Holders
should consult their tax  advisors regarding the application  of these rules  to
their  particular situations, the availability of an exemption therefrom and the
procedures for obtaining such an exemption, if available.
 
                                       49

                                  UNDERWRITERS
 
    Under the  terms and  subject  to conditions  contained in  an  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the  date hereof, the  U.S. Underwriters named  below, for whom
Morgan Stanley &  Co. Incorporated, Alex.  Brown & Sons  Incorporated and  Smith
Barney  Inc.  are  serving as  U.S.  Representatives, have  severally  agreed to
purchase, and the Company and the Selling Stockholders have severally agreed  to
sell,  and the International Underwriters named below, for whom Morgan Stanley &
Co. International Limited, Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated and Smith Barney Inc.
are  serving  as  International  Representatives  (collectively  with  the  U.S.
Representatives,  the "Representatives"), have severally agreed to purchase, and
the Company and  the Selling  Stockholders have  severally agreed  to sell,  the
respective  number of  shares of  Common Stock that  in the  aggregate equal the
number of shares set forth opposite the names of such Underwriters below:
 


                                                                                                NUMBER
NAME                                                                                           OF SHARES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
                                                                                            
U.S. Underwriters:
    Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated........................................................
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated..........................................................
    Smith Barney Inc.........................................................................
 
        Subtotal.............................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
International Underwriters:
    Morgan Stanley & Co. International Limited...............................................
    Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated..........................................................
    Smith Barney Inc.........................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
        Subtotal.............................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
        Total................................................................................
                                                                                               ---------
                                                                                               ---------

 
    The U.S. Underwriters  and the International  Underwriters are  collectively
referred  to as the "Underwriters." The Underwriting Agreement provides that the
obligations of the several  Underwriters to pay for  and accept delivery of  the
shares  of Common Stock  offered hereby are  subject to the  approval of certain
legal matters  by  counsel  and  to  certain  other  conditions,  including  the
conditions  that no stop order suspending  the effectiveness of the Registration
Statement is in effect and no proceedings for such purpose are pending before or
threatened by the Securities and Exchange Commission and that there has been  no
material  adverse  change or  any development  involving a  prospective material
adverse change in the earnings, results of operations or financial condition  of
the  Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a  whole, from that set forth in the
Registration Statement. The Underwriters are obligated  to take and pay for  all
of  the shares of Common  Stock offered hereby (other  than those covered by the
over-allotment option described below) if any are taken.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
U.S.  Underwriter has represented  and agreed that,  with certain exceptions set
forth below, (i) it is not purchasing any U.S. Shares (as defined below) for the
account of anyone  other than  a United States  or Canadian  Person (as  defined
below) and (ii) it has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly
or  indirectly, any U.S. Shares or distribute this Prospectus outside the United
States or Canada or  to anyone other  than a United  States or Canadian  Person.
Pursuant  to  the Agreement  Between U.S.  and International  Underwriters, each
International  Underwriter  has  represented  and  agreed  that,  with   certain
exceptions  set forth below,  (a) it is not  purchasing any International Shares
(as defined below) for the account of  any United States or Canadian Person  and
(b)  it  has not  offered  or sold,  and  will not  offer  or sell,  directly or
indirectly, any International  Shares or distribute  this Prospectus within  the
United  States  or  Canada or  to  any  United States  or  Canadian  Person. The
foregoing limitations do not apply  to stabilization transactions or to  certain
other  transactions specified  in the  Agreement Between  U.S. and International
Underwriters. With respect to Smith Barney Inc.
 
                                       50

and Alex. Brown & Sons Incorporated, the foregoing representations or agreements
(a) made by  them in their  capacity as  U.S. Underwriters shall  apply only  to
shares of Common Stock purchased by them in their capacity as U.S. Underwriters,
(b)  made by  them in their  capacity as International  Underwriters shall apply
only to  shares  of  Common  Stock  purchased  by  them  in  their  capacity  as
International   Underwriters  and  (c)  shall  not  restrict  their  ability  to
distribute this Prospectus  to any  person. As  used herein,  "United States  or
Canadian  Person" means any national or resident  of the United States or Canada
or any  corporation, pension,  profit-sharing  or other  trust or  other  entity
organized  under the  laws of the  United States  or Canada or  of any political
subdivision thereof (other than  a branch located outside  of the United  States
and  Canada of  any United  States or Canadian  Person) and  includes any United
States or Canadian branch of  a person who is not  otherwise a United States  or
Canadian  Person, and  "United States" means  the United States  of America, its
territories, its  possessions and  all areas  subject to  its jurisdiction.  All
shares  of Common Stock to be offered by the U.S. Underwriters and International
Underwriters under  the Underwriting  Agreement are  referred to  herein as  the
"U.S. Shares" and the "International Shares," respectively.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, sales
may  be made between the U.S. Underwriters and the International Underwriters of
any  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  be  purchased  pursuant  to  the
Underwriting  Agreement  as may  be  mutually agreed.  The  per share  price and
currency settlement of any shares  of Common Stock so  sold shall be the  public
offering  price  range set  forth on  the  cover page  hereof, in  United States
dollars, less an amount not greater than the per share amount of the  concession
to dealers set forth below.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
U.S. Underwriter has represented that it has not offered or sold, and has agreed
not to offer or  sell, any shares  of Common Stock,  directly or indirectly,  in
Canada  in contravention  of the  securities laws of  Canada or  any province or
territory thereof and has  represented that any offer  of such shares in  Canada
will  be  made only  pursuant to  an exemption  from the  requirement to  file a
prospectus in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is  made.
Each  U.S. Underwriter has  further agreed to  send to any  dealer who purchases
from it any  shares of  Common Stock  a notice  starting in  substance that,  by
purchasing  such  shares, such  dealer  represents and  agrees  that it  has not
offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any of such
shares in  Canada in  contravention of  the  securities laws  of Canada  or  any
province  or territory thereof and  that any offer of  shares of Common Stock in
Canada will be made only pursuant to an exemption from the requirement to file a
prospectus in the province or territory of  Canada in which such offer is  made,
and  that such dealer will deliver  to any other dealer to  whom it sells any of
such shares a notice to the foregoing effect.
 
    Pursuant to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters,  each
International  Underwriter has represented  that (i) it has  not offered or sold
and will not offer or sell any shares  of Common Stock to persons in the  United
Kingdom  except to persons whose ordinary  activities involve them in acquiring,
holding, managing or disposing  of investments (as principal  or agent) for  the
purposes  of  their  businesses or  otherwise  in circumstances  which  have not
resulted and will not  result in an  offer to the public  in the United  Kingdom
within  the meaning  of the  Public Offers  of Securities  Regulations 1995 (the
"Regulations"); (ii)  it  has  complied  and will  comply  with  all  applicable
provisions  of the Financial Services Act  1986 and the Regulations with respect
to anything  done  by it  in  relation to  such  shares in,  from  or  otherwise
involving the United Kingdom; and (iii) it has only issued or passed on and will
only  issue or pass on to any person in the United Kingdom any document received
by it in connection with the issue of  such shares, if that person is of a  kind
described  in  Article  11(3) of  the  Financial Services  Act  1986 (Investment
Advertisements) (Exemptions) Order 1995,  or is a person  to whom such  document
may otherwise lawfully be issued or passed on.
 
    Pursuant  to the Agreement Between U.S. and International Underwriters, each
International Underwriter has represented and agreed that it has not offered  or
sold,  and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for
the account of  any resident  thereof, any shares  of Common  Stock acquired  in
connection   with  the  Offering,  except  for   offers  or  sales  of  Japanese
International Underwriters or dealers and except pursuant to any exemption  from
the  registration requirements of the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan. Each
International Underwriter has further agreed to send to any dealer who purchases
from it any of such  shares of Common Stock a  notice stating in substance  that
such dealer may not offer or sell any
 
                                       51

of such shares, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to or for the account of any
resident  thereof,  except  pursuant  to  any  exemption  from  the registration
requirements of the Securities and Exchange  Law of Japan, and that such  dealer
will  send to any other dealer  to whom it sells any  of such shares a notice to
the foregoing effect.
 
    The Underwriters propose to offer part of the shares of Common Stock offered
hereby directly to  the public at  the public  offering price set  forth in  the
cover  page hereof  and part to  certain dealers  at a price  which represents a
concession not in excess of $    per share under the public offering price.  The
Underwriters  may  allow, and  such dealers  may re-allow,  a concession  not in
excess of $      per share to  other Underwriters or  to certain other  dealers.
After the initial offering of the shares of Common Stock, the offering price and
other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the Representatives.
 
    Pursuant  to the  Underwriting Agreement,  Mr. Tuchman,  one of  the Selling
Stockholders, has granted to the U.S. Underwriters an option, exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus,  to purchase up to an additional  900,000
shares  of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the cover page
hereof, less underwriting discounts and  commissions. The U.S. Underwriters  may
exercise   such  option  to   purchase  solely  for   the  purpose  of  covering
over-allotments, if any,  incurred in  the sale of  the shares  of Common  Stock
offered  hereby. To the  extent such option is  exercised, each U.S. Underwriter
will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase  approximately
the  same percentage of such  additional shares as the  number set forth next to
such U.S. Underwriters' name in the preceding table bears to the total number of
shares of Common Stock offered hereby to the U.S. Underwriters.
 
    The Representatives have informed the  Company and the Selling  Stockholders
that the Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they
exercise discretionary authority.
 
    The  Company, the Selling  Stockholders and the  Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the Securities Act.
 
    See  "Shares  Eligible  for  Future  Sale"  for  a  description  of  certain
arrangements by  which  all officers,  directors  and certain  stockholders  and
option  holders of the Company  have agreed not to  sell or otherwise dispose of
Common Stock or convertible securities of the  Company for up to 180 days  after
the  date of this Prospectus  without the prior consent  of Morgan Stanley & Co.
Incorporated. The  Company  and the  Selling  Stockholders have  agreed  in  the
Underwriting  Agreement that they will not,  directly or indirectly, without the
prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, offer, pledge, sell,
contract to sell, sell any option  or contract to purchase, purchase any  option
or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise
transfer  or dispose of any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible
into or exchangeable for Common Stock, for  a period of 180 days after the  date
of this Prospectus, except under certain circumstances. TIGP, one of the Selling
Stockholders, is permitted to distribute its remaining shares of Common Stock to
its  partners, provided that all of such partners have agreed to be bound by the
180-day lock-up arrangement.
 
PRICING OF THE OFFERING
 
    Prior to the  Offering, there has  been no public  market for the  Company's
Common   Stock.  The  initial  public  offering  price  will  be  determined  by
negotiation between the Company and the Representatives. Among the factors to be
considered in determining the initial public  offering price will be the  future
prospects  of the  Company and its  industry in general,  revenues, earnings and
certain other  financial and  operating  information of  the Company  in  recent
periods  and the price-earnings ratios,  price-revenues ratios, market prices of
securities and certain financial and operating information of companies  engaged
in  activities similar  to those  of the  Company. The  estimated initial public
offering price range set forth on the cover page of this Preliminary  Prospectus
is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.
 
                                       52

                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The  validity of the  shares of Common  Stock offered hereby  will be passed
upon for TeleTech by Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg, Chicago, Illinois. Certain  legal
matters in connection with the Offering will be passed upon for the Underwriters
by Katten Muchin & Zavis, Chicago, Illinois.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The  financial statements of TeleTech as of  December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
for each  of the  two  years in  the  period ended  December  31, 1995  and  the
financial statements Access 24 for the 10 months ended December 31, 1995 and for
the  year ended February 28,  1995 included in this  Prospectus and elsewhere in
the Registration Statement have been audited by Arthur Andersen LLP, independent
public accountants, as indicated in their reports with respect thereto, and  are
included  herein  in reliance  upon the  authority  of said  firm as  experts in
accounting and auditing in giving said reports.
 
    The financial statements of TeleTech as of December 31, 1993 and for the  11
month  period ended December 31, 1993  included in this Prospectus and elsewhere
in the Registration  Statement have  been audited by  Gumbiner, Savett,  Finkel,
Fingleson  &  Rose, Inc.  (formerly Gumbiner,  Savett,  Friedman &  Rose, Inc.),
independent public accountants,  and are  included herein in  reliance upon  the
authority of said firm as experts in giving said reports.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    TeleTech   has  filed  with  the  Commission  under  the  Securities  Act  a
Registration Statement on  Form S-1  with respect  to the  Common Stock  offered
hereby. This Prospectus, which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,
omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement and the
exhibits  and  schedules thereto  on file  with the  Commission pursuant  to the
Securities Act and the rules and  regulations of the Commission thereunder.  For
further  information with respect to TeleTech and the Common Stock, reference is
made to the Registration Statement and  the exhibits and schedules thereto.  The
Registration  Statement,  including  exhibits  and  schedules  thereto,  may  be
inspected and  copied  at the  public  reference facilities  maintained  by  the
Commission,  including  at the  Commission's  Public Reference  Room,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Judiciary Plaza, Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the  Commission's
Regional  Offices at 7 World Trade Center,  Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048
and Citicorp  Center, 500  West Madison  Street, Suite  1400, Chicago,  Illinois
60661.  Copies may  be obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the Public Reference
Section of the Commission as its principal office in Washington, D.C.
 
    Statements contained in this Prospectus as  to the contents of any  contract
or  other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance
reference is made to the  copy of such contract or  other documents filed as  an
exhibit  to the Registration  Statement, each such  statement being qualified in
its entirety by such reference.
 
                                       53

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
 


                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                                          
Report of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose,
 Inc.).....................................................................................................        F-2
Report of Arthur Andersen LLP..............................................................................        F-3
Consolidated and Combined Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and
 March 31, 1996............................................................................................        F-4
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Income for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
 ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................        F-6
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 1994 and 1995....        F-7
Consolidated and Combined Statements of Cash Flows for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years
 ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996.......................        F-8
Notes to Consolidated and Combined Financial Statements for the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
 for the eleven months ended December 31, 1993 and for the three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996......       F-10

 
                   ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED
                            AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
 


                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
                                                                                                          
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 29, 1995 and December 31, 1995..................................       F-26
Consolidated Profit and Loss Accounts for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
 December 31, 1995.........................................................................................       F-27
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the year ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months ended
 December 31, 1995.........................................................................................       F-28
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years ended February 28, 1995 and the ten months
 ended December 31, 1995...................................................................................       F-29

 
                                      F-1

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT
 
The Board of Directors
TeleTech Holdings, Inc.
Denver, Colorado
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  combined statements  of income  and cash
flows of TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc. ("the
Companies") (see Note 1)  for the eleven months  ended December 31, 1993.  These
combined  statements  of income  and cash  flows are  the responsibility  of the
Companies' management.  Our responsibility  is to  express an  opinion on  these
combined statements of income and cash flows based on our audit.
 
    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable  assurance about whether  the combined statements  of income and cash
flows are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a  test
basis,   evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  combined
statements of  income and  cash  flows. An  audit  also includes  assessing  the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well
as  evaluating the overall presentation of the combined statements of income and
cash flows.  We believe  that our  audit  provides a  reasonable basis  for  our
opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the combined statements of income and cash flows referred to
above  present fairly, in  all material respects, the  results of the Companies'
operations and cash flows for the eleven months ended
December 31, 1993 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                             GUMBINER, SAVETT, FINKEL, FINGLESON & ROSE, INC.
                             (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose, Inc.)
 
Santa Monica, California
April 13, 1994
 
                                      F-2

                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
 
To TeleTech Holdings, Inc.:
 
    We have audited the accompanying consolidated and combined balance sheets of
TELETECH HOLDINGS,  INC.  (a  Delaware  corporation)  and  subsidiaries,  as  of
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the related consolidated and combined statements
of  income, stockholders' equity and cash flows  for the years then ended. These
financial statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management.  Our
responsibility  is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based on
our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, the consolidated and combined financial statements  referred
to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated and combined
financial  position of TeleTech  Holdings, Inc. and  subsidiaries as of December
31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of their operations and their cash flows  for
the   years  then  ended  in   conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles.
 
                                                             ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP
 
Denver, Colorado,
February 10, 1996.
 
                                      F-3

   
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
    
 
   
To the members of
Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited
    
 
   
    We have audited the accompanying  financial statements of Access 24  Service
Corporation  Pty Limited and Controlled Entities  and of the economic entity for
the periods  ended 28  February  1995 and  December  31, 1995.  These  financial
statements   are   the   responsibility  of   the   Company's   management.  Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on those financial statements based  on
our audit.
    
 
   
    We  conducted our  audit in  accordance with  Australian Auditing Standards,
which do not differ substantially from generally accepted auditing standards  in
the  United States of America. Those standards  require that we plan and perform
the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial  statements
are  free from  material misstatements. An  audit includes examining,  on a test
basis, evidence supporting amounts and disclosures in the financial  statements.
An  audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant
estimates made  by  management, as  well  as evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation. We believe  that our audit  provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.
    
 
   
    In our opinion, the financial  statements referred to above present  fairly,
in   all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  Access  24  Service
Corporation Pty  Limited and  Controlled Entities  as of  28 February  1995  and
December  31, 1995, and the results of the group's operations and cash flows for
the periods then ended in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.
    
 
   
    There are certain  differences between Australian  Accounting Standards  and
those  generally accepted  in the United  States of America.  Application of the
generally accepted accounting principles in  the United States of America  would
not result in material differences to these financial statements.
    
 
   
                                          ARTHUR ANDERSEN
    
   
                                          Chartered Accountants
    
 
   
                                          /s/ Arthur Andersen Chartered
                                          Accountants
    
 
   
Sydney, Australia,
    
   
May 21, 1996
    
 
                                      F-4

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                    CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 


                                                              DECEMBER 31
                                                      ----------------------------
                       ASSETS                             1994           1995
- ----------------------------------------------------  -------------  -------------    MARCH 31,      PRO FORMA
                                                                                        1996         MARCH 31,
                                                                                    -------------      1996
                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)   -------------
                                                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                     (NOTE 1)
                                                                                       
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................  $      37,733  $      42,304  $     728,403
  Short-term investments............................             --     10,361,213      8,203,527
  Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful
   accounts of $172,512, $788,907 and $896,685,
   respectively.....................................      4,298,147      9,786,123     14,280,609
  Prepaids and other assets.........................        201,439        238,022        608,896
  Deposits..........................................        123,883        220,243        432,010
  Deferred tax asset (Note 8).......................             --        485,742        637,720
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total current assets............................      4,661,202     21,133,647     24,891,165
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated
 depreciation of $3,935,136, $6,059,424 and
 $6,987,766, respectively...........................      5,386,456      9,103,701     16,308,351
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
OTHER ASSETS:
  Deposits..........................................         53,968             --             --
  Deferred contract costs (Note 1)..................             --        345,978      1,731,234
  Goodwill (net of amortization of $108,000) (Note
   1)...............................................             --             --      6,272,193
  Other assets......................................             --             --        251,297
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total assets....................................  $  10,101,626  $  30,583,326  $  49,454,240
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------

 
   
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
    
 
                                      F-5

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                    CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED BALANCE SHEETS
 


                                                                  DECEMBER 31
                                                           --------------------------
          LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY                 1994          1995
- ---------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------   MARCH 31,     PRO FORMA
                                                                                           1996       MARCH 31,
                                                                                       ------------      1996
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)   ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                       (NOTE 1)
                                                                                         
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Bank overdraft.........................................  $    560,490  $  1,427,017  $         --
  Short term borrowings (Note 6).........................       638,635     1,000,000     3,500,000
  Current portion of capital lease obligations
   (Note 4)..............................................       401,001     1,255,966     2,129,440
  Current portion of other long-term debt (Note 5).......       624,483       195,660       189,443
  Current portion of subordinated notes payable to
   stockholder (Note 7)..................................       145,299            --            --
  Accounts payable.......................................     1,442,503     2,604,297     4,820,221
  Accrued employee compensation..........................       962,664     1,742,915     3,452,438
  Other accrued expenses.................................       475,142     1,261,984     4,322,239
  Customer advances and deposits.........................       165,756       292,626       537,282
  Deferred income........................................        25,683        47,699       560,215
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities............................     5,441,656     9,828,164    19,511,278
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES (Note 8)........................            --       507,365       498,790
LONG-TERM DEBT, net of current portion:
  Capital lease obligations (Note 4).....................       911,578     3,192,997     5,408,307
  Subordinated note payable to stockholder
   (Note 7)..............................................       959,038            --            --
  Other debt (Note 5)....................................       592,282       396,618     1,127,846
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities....................................     7,904,554    13,925,144    26,546,221
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 9)
MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (Notes
 1 and 11):
  $6.45 par value, 1,860,000 shares authorized, zero,
   1,860,000, 1,860,000, and zero shares respectively
   issued and outstanding (including accrued dividends of
   zero, $867,430, $1,078,645 and zero)..................            --    12,867,430    13,078,645            --
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 1):
  Common stock, $.002 par value, 150,000,000 shares
   authorized, zero, 40,700,000, 41,746,240 and
   51,046,240 shares, respectively issued and
   outstanding...........................................            --        81,400        83,493       102,093
  Common stock of combined entities, no par value
   10,000,000 shares authorized, 127,500, zero, zero and
   zero shares, respectively, issued and outstanding.....        25,000            --            --            --
  Additional paid-in capital.............................            --     2,172,072     7,401,179    20,461,224
  Cumulative translation adjustment......................            --            --       141,095       141,095
  Unearned compensation-restricted stock.................            --            --      (380,000)     (380,000)
  Retained earnings......................................     2,172,072     1,537,280     2,583,607     2,583,607
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total stockholders' equity...........................     2,197,072     3,790,752     9,829,374    22,908,019
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...........  $ 10,101,626  $ 30,583,326  $ 49,454,240
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------

 
   
      The accompanying notes are an integral part of these balance sheets.
    
 
                                      F-6

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
                 CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
 


                                                 ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                              MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                  1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                       
REVENUES....................................  $ 19,519,593  $ 35,462,172  $ 50,467,490  $ 10,412,306  $ 22,019,345
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
OPERATING EXPENSES:
  Costs of services.........................    10,726,189    17,405,789    27,245,961     5,468,962    11,194,498
  Selling, general and administrative
   expenses.................................     7,956,176    15,860,157    18,625,431     4,328,934     8,102,020
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total operating expenses................    18,682,365    33,265,946    45,871,392     9,797,896    19,296,518
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS......................       837,228     2,196,226     4,596,098       614,410     2,722,827
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES):
  Interest expense..........................      (299,552)     (481,516)     (459,589)     (102,912)     (234,013)
  Interest income...........................            --            --       577,350       152,400       111,308
  Other (Note 14)...........................            --            --     2,371,221     2,288,390      (341,278)
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                  (299,552)     (481,516)    2,488,982     2,337,878      (463,983)
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Income before income taxes..............       537,676     1,714,710     7,085,080     2,952,288     2,258,844
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES........       (10,000)       19,736     2,928,996     1,324,463     1,001,302
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
    Net income..............................  $    547,676  $  1,694,974  $  4,156,084  $  1,627,825  $  1,257,542
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
SHARES USED IN COMPUTING PRO FORMA NET
 INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT
 SHARE......................................                                54,657,975    54,585,654    54,682,083
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON
 EQUIVALENT SHARE...........................                                      $.08          $.03          $.02
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
PRO FORMA NET INCOME AND EARNINGS PER COMMON
 SHARE (UNAUDITED)
  (Notes 1 and 8):
    Historical net income before income
     taxes..................................  $    537,676  $  1,714,710
    Historical provision (benefit) for
     income taxes...........................       (10,000)       19,736
    Pro forma income tax effects............       248,996       657,866
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma net income....................  $    298,680  $  1,037,108
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma common shares outstanding.....    44,085,354    44,085,354
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------
    Pro forma earnings per common share.....          $.01          $.02
                                              ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------

 
   
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
    
 
                                      F-7

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
          CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


                                                MANDATORILY
                                                REDEEMABLE,                           STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                                CONVERTIBLE        ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                 PREFERRED                                 COMMON
                                                   STOCK               COMMON STOCK       STOCK OF    ADDITIONAL  CUMULATIVE
                                           ----------------------  --------------------   COMBINED     PAID-IN    TRANSLATION
                                            SHARES      AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT     ENTITIES     CAPITAL    ADJUSTMENT
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                                             
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................                                                 $  25,000   $       --   $      --
  Distribution to stockholder............                                                        --           --          --
  Net income.............................                                                        --           --          --
                                                                                         -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994..............         --  $        --         --  $      --      25,000           --          --
  Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11).....  1,860,000   12,000,000         --         --          --           --          --
  Adjustment to reclassify retained
   earnings to additional paid in capital
   upon termination of S corporation
   election
   (Note 11).............................         --           --         --         --          --    2,172,072          --
  Stock exchange (Note 1)................         --           --  40,700,000    81,400     (25,000)          --          --
  Distribution to stockholder............         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Net Income.............................         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................         --      867,430         --         --          --           --          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995..............  1,860,000   12,867,430  40,700,000    81,400          --    2,172,072          --
  Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........         --           --    970,240      1,941          --    4,849,259          --
  Cumulative translation adjustments.....         --           --         --         --          --           --     141,095
  Net income.............................         --           --         --         --          --           --          --
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................         --      211,215         --         --          --           --          --
  Issuance of restricted stock for
   compensation..........................         --           --     76,000        152          --      379,848          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).....  1,860,000   13,078,645  41,746,240    83,493          --    7,401,179     141,095
  Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
   conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
   Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
   11)...................................  (1,860,000) (13,078,645) 9,300,000    18,600          --   13,060,045          --
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).............................         --  $        --  51,046,240 $ 102,093   $      --   $20,461,224  $ 141,095
                                           ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  -----------  ----------  -----------
 

 
                                              UNEARNED
                                           COMPENSATION-                 TOTAL
                                             RESTRICTED    RETAINED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                               STOCK       EARNINGS      EQUITY
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
                                                             
BALANCES, January 1, 1994................    $       --    $ 917,098   $  942,098
  Distribution to stockholder............            --     (440,000)    (440,000)
  Net income.............................            --    1,694,974    1,694,974
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1994..............            --    2,172,072    2,197,072
  Issue of Preferred Stock (Note 11).....            --           --           --
  Adjustment to reclassify retained
   earnings to additional paid in capital
   upon termination of S corporation
   election
   (Note 11).............................            --    (2,172,072)          --
  Stock exchange (Note 1)................            --      (56,400)          --
  Distribution to stockholder............            --    (1,694,974)  (1,694,974)
  Net Income.............................            --    4,156,084    4,156,084
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................            --     (867,430)    (867,430)
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, December 31, 1995..............            --    1,537,280    3,790,752
  Purchase of Access 24 (Note 16)........            --           --    4,851,200
  Cumulative translation adjustments.....            --           --      141,095
  Net income.............................            --    1,257,542    1,257,542
  Dividends accrued on Preferred Stock
   (Note 11).............................            --     (211,215)    (211,215)
  Issuance of restricted stock for
   compensation..........................      (380,000)          --           --
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, March 31, 1996 (unaudited).....      (380,000)   2,583,607    9,829,374
  Pro Forma adjustment to reflect
   conversion of Mandatorily Redeemable
   Preferred Stock to Common Stock (Note
   11)...................................            --           --   13,078,645
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------
BALANCES, Pro Forma March 31, 1996
 (unaudited).............................    $ (380,000)   $2,583,607  $22,908,019
                                           --------------  ---------  ------------

 
   
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
    
 
                                      F-8

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 


                                             ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                          MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               31,
                                          DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                              1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income............................  $    547,676  $  1,694,974  $  4,156,084  $  1,627,825  $  1,257,542
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
   net cash provided by (used in)
   operating activities--
    Depreciation and amortization.......       722,753     1,164,696     2,124,287       435,998     1,047,383
    Allowance for doubtful accounts.....       302,408       (20,381)      616,395        46,545       107,778
    Deferred taxes on income............       (22,000)           --        21,623       212,500      (160,553)
    Changes in assets and liabilities--
      Accounts receivable...............    (4,804,330)    2,288,110    (6,104,371)   (1,466,617)   (3,135,533)
      Prepaids and other assets.........      (162,599)       75,774       (36,583)      (16,080)     (169,594)
      Deposits..........................      (125,144)      (26,327)      (42,392)      (39,872)     (129,853)
      Deferred costs....................            --            --      (345,978)           --    (1,385,256)
      Other assets......................            --            --            --            --       101,871
      Bank overdraft....................        81,277       479,213       866,527      (560,490)   (1,572,294)
      Accounts payable..................     2,298,421    (1,860,500)    1,161,794      (234,569)    1,941,453
      Accrued expenses..................       133,076       200,925       786,842     1,725,434     2,012,477
      Accrued employee compensation.....      (129,094)      328,371       780,251     1,122,634     1,344,802
      Customer advances and deposits....       309,863      (213,933)      126,870      (118,868)      244,656
      Deferred income...................       492,350      (466,667)       22,016       675,796       (16,255)
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
       operating activities.............      (355,343)    3,644,255     4,133,365     3,410,236     1,488,644
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchase of property and equipment....    (1,589,609)   (1,932,312)   (1,735,206)     (243,469)   (3,301,426)
  Purchase of Access 24, net of cash
   acquired.............................            --            --            --            --    (2,218,149)
(Increase) decrease in short-term
 investments............................            --            --   (10,361,213)  (11,840,569)    2,499,017
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash used in investing
       activities.......................    (1,589,609)   (1,932,312)  (12,096,419)  (12,084,038)   (3,020,558)
                                          ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

 
   
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
    
 
                                      F-9

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
 
               CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 


                                                 ELEVEN                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                              MONTHS ENDED   YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,               31,
                                              DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                  1993          1994          1995          1995          1996
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                       
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Net increase (decrease) in short-term
   borrowings...............................  $    832,000  $   (840,365) $    361,365  $   (388,635) $  2,500,000
  Payments on long-term debt................      (157,756)     (418,241)     (624,487)     (113,121)      (47,829)
  Proceeds from long-term debt borrowings...     1,042,374       475,000            --            --            --
  Payments under capital lease
   obligations..............................       (99,984)     (324,924)     (969,942)     (149,522)     (356,895)
  Payments under subordinated notes payable
   to stockholder...........................       (49,695)     (125,680)   (1,104,337)   (1,104,337)           --
  Distributions to stockholder                          --      (440,000)   (1,694,974)   (1,210,000)           --
  Issuance of preferred stock...............            --            --    12,000,000    12,000,000            --
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
      Net cash provided by (used in)
       financing activities.................     1,566,939    (1,674,210)    7,967,625     9,034,385     2,095,276
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash.....            --            --            --            --       122,737
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH
 EQUIVALENTS................................      (378,013)       37,733         4,571       360,583       686,099
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of
 period.....................................       378,013            --        37,733        37,733        42,304
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of period....  $         --  $     37,733  $     42,304  $    398,316  $    728,403
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
  Cash paid for interest....................  $    299,552  $    455,375  $    464,551  $    101,403  $    155,904
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Cash paid for income taxes................  $    108,085  $     13,506  $  2,423,591  $         --  $    525,000
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH INVESTING
 AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Assets acquired through capital leases....  $  2,137,884  $    211,194  $  4,106,326  $  1,589,799  $  1,712,887
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
  Stock issued in purchase of Access 24.....  $         --  $         --  $         --  $         --  $  4,851,200
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                              ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

 
   
        The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
    
 
                                      F-10

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
 
    TeleTech Holdings, Inc. ("THI" or the "Company") is a provider of outsourced
strategic  customer  care solutions  for Fortune  1000 corporations  in targeted
industries in  the United  States, United  Kingdom, Australia  and New  Zealand.
Customer  care encompasses a  wide range of  customer acquisition, retention and
satisfaction  programs  designed   to  maximize  the   lifetime  value  of   the
relationship between the Company's clients and their customers.
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    BASIS OF PRESENTATION
 
    The  consolidated financial statements are comprised  of the accounts of THI
and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries,  TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc.,   a
California   corporation  ("TTC"),  TeleTech   Teleservices,  Inc.,  a  Colorado
corporation ("TTS") and effective  January 1, 1996,  Access 24 and  subsidiaries
(Note  16), (jointly "the Group"). Prior to January 1, 1995, the Group comprised
TTC and  TTS,  held under  the  common ownership  of  a sole  stockholder  ("the
Stockholder").  Financial statements  for 1993  and 1994  represent the combined
financial statements of TTC and TTS.
 
    In January  1995, a  Preferred Stock  Purchase Agreement  and an  Investment
Agreement  (collectively the  "Agreements") were executed  by TeleTech Investors
General Partnership ("TIGP"), Essaness Theaters Corporation ("Essaness") and the
Stockholder. The Stockholder of  TTC and TTS contributed  100% of his shares  in
these  companies to  THI, a newly  formed Delaware corporation,  in exchange for
40,700,000 shares  of  THI's  common  stock, which  constituted  100%  of  THI's
outstanding  stock.  Concurrent  with  this stock  exchange,  TIGP  and Essaness
purchased an aggregate of 1,860,000 shares of THI's convertible preferred  stock
("Preferred   Stock")  for  $12  million.   The  Preferred  Stock  is  initially
convertible into 9,300,000  shares of  THI's common  stock (Note  11). TIGP  and
Essaness  purchased  1,705,000  and  155,000  shares  of  the  Preferred  Stock,
respectively.  The  Agreements  also  required  THI  to  enter  into  employment
agreements  with key executives, to obtain key man life and disability insurance
policies and to adopt a stock option plan for key employees.
 
    The exchange of stock constituted a reorganization of entities under  common
control  and the  assets and  liabilities of  TTC and  TTS are  reflected in the
consolidated financial statements of THI based  on their historical cost to  TTC
and TTS.
 
    All  intercompany  balances and  transactions  have been  eliminated  in the
consolidated and combined financial statements.
 
    UNAUDITED PRO FORMA INFORMATION
 
    If the offering contemplated by this  Prospectus is consummated, all of  the
Preferred Stock outstanding at the closing date will be converted into shares of
Common Stock ("Common Stock"). The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of March
31,  1996, reflects the  conversion of outstanding Preferred  Stock at March 31,
1996 into 9,300,000 shares of Common Stock.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The consolidated financial statements of THI  as of March 31, 1995 and  1996
presented  herein have been prepared by THI without audit, pursuant to the rules
and regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission.  The  financial
statements   reflect  all  adjustments  (consisting  of  only  normal  recurring
accruals) which, in the opinion of  management, are necessary to present  fairly
the  financial  position,  results  of  operations and  cash  flows  of  THI and
subsidiaries as of March 31, 1995 and 1996, and for the periods then ended.
 
                                      F-11

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FOREIGN CURRENCY TRANSLATION
 
    The assets  and  liabilities of  the  Company's foreign  subsidiaries  whose
functional currency is other than the U.S. Dollar are translated at the exchange
rates in effect on the reporting date, and income and expenses are translated at
the  weighted  average  exchange  rate  during the  period.  The  net  effect of
translation gains and losses are not included in determining net income, but are
accumulated as a  separate component of  shareholders' equity. Foreign  currency
transaction  gains and losses are included in determining net income. Such gains
and losses were not material for any period presented.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment  are stated  at cost  less accumulated  depreciation.
Additions,  improvements,  and  major  renewals  are  capitalized.  Maintenance,
repairs, and minor renewals are expensed as incurred. Amounts paid for  software
licenses  and third-party packaged  software are capitalized.  Costs relating to
the internal development of software are expensed as incurred.
 
    Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method based on the  estimated
useful lives of the assets, as follows:
 

                                                                         
Computer equipment and software...........................................    5 years
Telephone equipment.......................................................    5 years
Furniture and fixtures....................................................  5-7 years
Leasehold improvements....................................................  5-7 years
Vehicles..................................................................    5 years

 
    Assets  acquired under capital lease obligations are amortized over the life
of the applicable lease of four to seven years (or the estimated useful lives of
the assets, of four to seven years,  where title to the leased assets passes  to
the Company on termination of the lease).
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    The  Company recognizes  revenues at  the time  services are  performed. The
Company has certain contracts which are billed in advance. Accordingly,  amounts
billed  but  not earned  under these  contracts are  excluded from  revenues and
included in deferred income.
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Research and development costs are  charged to operations when incurred  and
are  included in operating expenses. Research  and development costs amounted to
approximately $430,000, $684,000,  $458,000, $108,000  (unaudited) and  $102,000
(unaudited)  for  the eleven  months ended  December 31,  1993, the  years ended
December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and
1996, respectively.
 
    DEFERRED CONTRACT COST
 
    The  Company  defers  certain  direct  costs  incurred  in  connection  with
preparing  to provide services under long-term facilities management agreements.
Costs that have been deferred include the costs of hiring dedicated personnel to
manage  client-owned  facilities,  their  related  payroll  and  other  directly
associated  costs from the  time long-term facilities  management agreements are
entered into until the beginning of providing services. Such costs are amortized
ratably over the life of the long-term facilities management agreements based on
total estimated revenues to  be earned under  the agreements. Deferred  contract
costs
 
                                      F-12

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
at  December 31, 1995 and March 31,  1996 include costs incurred in preparing to
provide services under  a five  year agreement  entered into  in October,  1995,
under which the Company began providing services during April 1996.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    The  excess of cost  over the fair  market value of  tangible net assets and
trademarks of acquired businesses is amortized on a straight-line basis over the
periods of expected benefit of 15 years. Accumulated amortization of  intangible
assets   for  the  three-month  period  ended   March  31,  1996,  was  $108,000
(unaudited). No amortization expense was recorded in prior periods.
 
    Subsequent to an acquisition, the corporation continually evaluates  whether
later  events  and  circumstances  have  occurred  that  indicate  the remaining
estimated useful life of  an intangible asset may  warrant revision or that  the
remaining  balance of an  intangible asset may not  be recoverable. When factors
indicate that an intangible asset  should be evaluated for possible  impairment,
the  corporation uses an  estimate of the  related business' undiscounted future
cash flows  over  the remaining  life  of the  asset  in measuring  whether  the
intangible asset is recoverable. Management does not consider that any provision
for impairment of intangible assets is required.
 
    INCOME TAXES
 
    The  Company accounts for income taxes  under the provisions of Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards  No. 109,  "Accounting for  Income Taxes"  ("SFAS
109")  which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the
expected future income tax consequences of transactions which have been included
in the financial  statements or  tax returns.  Under this  method, deferred  tax
assets  and  liabilities  are determined  based  on the  difference  between the
financial statement and tax  bases of assets and  liabilities using enacted  tax
rates  in effect for the year in  which the differences are expected to reverse.
Net deferred tax assets  are then reduced by  a valuation allowance for  amounts
which do not satisfy the realization criteria of SFAS 109.
 
    During  1993 and 1994, TTC and TTS  were S corporations and their income was
taxable to the Stockholder rather than the companies. Effective January 1, 1995,
S corporation status terminated and THI  and its domestic subsidiaries began  to
file  consolidated corporate  Federal and state  income tax  returns (Access 24,
(Note 16) will file separate tax returns in Australia). As required by SFAS 109,
this change in tax status was recognized by establishing deferred tax assets and
liabilities for temporary differences between the tax basis and amounts reported
in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet (Note 8).
 
    EARNINGS PER SHARE
 
    Earnings per share are  computed based upon the  weighted average number  of
common   shares  and  common  share   equivalents  outstanding.  The  shares  of
convertible Preferred Stock are considered  common stock equivalents due to  the
mandatory  conversion provision (Note  11). Pursuant to  Securities and Exchange
Commission Staff  Accounting Bulletin  No.  83, common  stock and  common  stock
equivalent  shares  issued by  the Company  at prices  below the  assumed public
offering price during  the twelve month  period prior to  the proposed  offering
date  (using the treasury stock method) have been included in the calculation as
if they were  outstanding for all  the periods presented  regardless of  whether
they  are antidilutive.  On May 14,  1996, the  Company approved a  five for one
share  common  stock  split  to  be  effective  immediately  prior  and  subject
 
                                      F-13

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
to  the closing  of the  offering contemplated  by this  Registration Statement.
Common stock amounts, equivalent share amounts  and per share amounts have  been
adjusted retroactively to give effect to the stock split.
 
    The  weighted average number  of common shares  and common share equivalents
was calculated as follows assuming the anticipated five-for-one stock split:
 


                                                                                      THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                        YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                           1995          1995          1996
                                                                       ------------  ------------  ------------
                                       PRO FORMA ELEVEN   PRO FORMA
                                         MONTHS ENDED     YEAR ENDED
                                         DECEMBER 31,    DECEMBER 31,
                                             1993            1994
                                       ----------------  ------------
                                         (UNAUDITED)     (UNAUDITED)                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                    
Common shares outstanding............      40,700,000     40,700,000    40,700,000     40,700,000    41,746,240
Convertible preferred stock..........              --             --     9,300,000      9,300,000     9,300,000
Common equivalent shares.............       3,385,354      3,385,354     4,657,975      4,585,654     3,635,843
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Shares used in computing pro forma
 net income per common and common
 equivalent share....................      44,085,354     44,085,354    54,657,975     54,585,654    54,682,083
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                       ----------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

 
    For comparative purposes, the earnings per share for 1993 and 1994 have been
calculated on a  pro-forma basis  as the historical  earnings per  share is  not
meaningful due to the Company reorganization on January 1, 1995.
 
    A  portion of the proceeds from the proposed public offering will be used to
repay short-term borrowings.  If this reduction  had taken place  at January  1,
1995  or  January 1,  1996, the  effect on  pro forma  earnings would  have been
immaterial.
 
    INCREASE IN AUTHORIZED SHARES
 
    On May  14, 1996,  the Board  of Directors  authorized an  amendment to  the
Company's  Certificate of Incorporation that will  be effective upon the closing
of the proposed  public offering of  the Company's Common  Stock. The  amendment
increases  the  authorized shares  of Common  Stock  to 150,000,000  shares. The
amendment also  authorizes the  Company  to issue  up  to 10,000,000  shares  of
preferred stock.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS
 
    In  January  1996,  the  Company awarded  76,000  restricted  shares  of the
Company's common stock to  certain employees as compensation  to be earned  over
the  term of  the employees'  related employment  agreements (three  years). The
market value of the  stock at the  date of award was  $380,000. This amount  has
been  recorded  as  unearned compensation-restricted  stock  and is  shown  as a
separate component of stockholders' equity.
 
    CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    For the purposes of the statement  of cash flows, the Company considers  all
cash  and investments with  an original maturity of  90 days or  less to be cash
equivalents.
 
    USE OF ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions   that    affect    the    reported   amounts    of    assets    and
 
                                      F-14

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
liabilities  and disclosure of contingent assets  and liabilities at the date of
the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during
the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
    NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In March 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121,
"Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets to
be  Disposed  Of."  SFAS  121  requires  that  long-lived  assets  and   certain
identifiable  intangibles  to be  held and  used  by an  entity be  reviewed for
impairment whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying  amount of an asset  may not be recoverable.  SFAS 121 is effective for
financial statements for  fiscal years  beginning after December  15, 1995.  The
adoption  of  SFAS  121  on January  1,  1996  had no  impact  on  the Company's
consolidated financial position or results of operations.
 
    In October 1995, the  Financial Accounting Standards  Board issued SFAS  No.
123.  "Accounting for Stock  Based Compensation." With  respect to stock options
granted to  employees, SFAS  No. 123  permits companies  to continue  using  the
accounting  method promulgated by the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25
("APB  No.  25"),  "Accounting  for  Stock  Issued  to  Employees,"  to  measure
compensation or to adopt the fair value based method prescribed by SFAS No. 123.
If  APB No. 25's method  is continued, pro forma  disclosures are required as if
SFAS No. 123 accounting provisions were followed. Management has determined  not
to adopt SFAS No. 123's accounting recognition provisions (Note 12).
 
(2) CONCENTRATIONS
    The  Company's revenues from  major customers (revenues in  excess of 10% of
total sales) are from entities  involved in the telecommunications,  technology,
transportation, healthcare and financial services industries and for the periods
ended December 31, 1993, 1994 and 1995 are as follows:
 


                                                                     THREE MONTHS
                                   ELEVEN         YEAR ENDED             ENDED
                                MONTHS ENDED     DECEMBER 31,          MARCH 31,
                                DECEMBER 31,   -----------------   -----------------
                                    1993        1994      1995      1995      1996
                                ------------   -------   -------   -------   -------
                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                              
Customer A....................          23%       18%       31%       33%       22%
Customer B....................          --         5%       18%       24%        6%
Customer C....................          21%       17%        9%       13%        6%
Customer D....................          --        13%       --        --        --
Customer E....................          18%       --        --        --        --
                                        --        --        --        --        --
                                        62%       53%       58%       70%       34%
                                        --        --        --        --        --
                                        --        --        --        --        --

 
    The  loss of one or more of  its significant customers could have a material
adverse effect  on  the  Company's  business,  operating  results  or  financial
condition.
 
    To  limit  the Company's  credit  risk, management  performs  ongoing credit
evaluations  of  its   customers  and  maintains   allowances  for   potentially
uncollectible  accounts. Although the  Company is directly  impacted by economic
conditions in the telecommunications, technology, transportation, healthcare and
financial services industries,  management does not  believe significant  credit
risk exists at December 31, 1995 or at March 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-15

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(2) CONCENTRATIONS (CONTINUED)
    GEOGRAPHIC AREA INFORMATION
 
    Prior to the acquisition of Access 24 in January 1996 (Note 16), the Company
operated  exclusively  within  the  United  States.  Unaudited  geographic  area
information for the three months ended March 31, 1996 is as follows:
 


                                                        UNITED STATES     EUROPE     ASIA PACIFIC       TOTAL
                                                        -------------  ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                                        
Revenues..............................................  $  18,680,313  $    476,576  $   2,862,456  $  22,019,345
Income (loss) before income taxes.....................      2,054,659       (86,676)       290,861      2,258,844
Assets................................................     37,317,780     1,794,743     10,341,717     49,454,240

 
(3) PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Property and equipment consisted of the  following at December 31, 1994  and
1995, and March 31, 1996:
 


                                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                      ----------------------------
                                                                          1994           1995
                                                                      -------------  -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                        1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                           
Computer equipment and software.....................................  $   5,848,105  $   9,807,113  $  11,197,300
Telephone equipment.................................................      1,105,246      1,219,642      1,851,831
Furniture and fixtures..............................................      1,507,171      2,938,478      5,307,555
Leasehold improvements..............................................        861,070      1,197,892      4,915,141
Vehicles............................................................             --             --         24,290
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                          9,321,592     15,163,125     23,296,117
Less--Accumulated depreciation......................................     (3,935,136)    (6,059,424)    (6,987,766)
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      $   5,386,456  $   9,103,701  $  16,308,351
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      -------------  -------------  -------------

 
    Included  in the cost of property  and equipment above is equipment obtained
through capitalized  leases.  The following  is  a summary  of  equipment  under
capital leases as of December 31, 1994 and 1995, and March 31, 1996:
 


                                                                               DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ---------------------------
                                                                            1994          1995
                                                                        ------------  -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                            
Computer equipment and software.......................................  $    726,569  $   3,227,113  $   4,166,995
Telephone equipment...................................................       282,969        310,295        737,314
Furniture and fixtures................................................       847,984      2,038,597      3,854,957
Vehicles..............................................................            --             --          1,811
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                           1,857,522      5,576,005      8,761,077
Less--Accumulated depreciation........................................      (556,704)    (1,291,704)    (1,073,018)
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                        $  1,300,818  $   4,284,301  $   7,688,059
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                        ------------  -------------  -------------

 
    Depreciation  expense related to  leased equipment under  capital leases was
$109,556, $409,518, $984,597, $77,947  (unaudited) and $312,265 (unaudited)  for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-16

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(4) CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS
    On  July 11, 1995,  the Company negotiated  a master lease  agreement with a
bank under which it may lease equipment up  to a value of $8,000,000. As of  May
13,  1996,  the master  lease has  been amended  to increase  the lease  line to
$15,000,000. The term of the leases are 48 months and interest is payable at the
then most recent  weekly average  of three-year  Treasury notes  plus 125  basis
points.  In August 1995, the Company entered into another master lease agreement
with a bank under which it may lease equipment. Under the agreement,  individual
lease terms are negotiated on a lease by lease basis. Subsequent to December 31,
1995,  the Company  entered into several  leases under this  agreement which are
being accounted for as operating leases (See Note 9).
 
    The Company finances  a substantial  portion of its  property and  equipment
under  noncancelable capital lease  obligations. Accordingly, the  fair value of
the equipment  has been  capitalized and  the related  obligation recorded.  The
average  implicit interest rate on  these leases was 8.9%  at December 31, 1995.
Interest is charged to  expense at a level  rate applied to declining  principal
over the period of the obligation.
 
    The  future minimum lease payments under capitalized lease obligations as of
December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996 are as follows:
 


                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                      -------------    MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     -------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                               
Year ending December 31--
  1996..............................................................................  $   1,658,828  $   2,159,825
  1997..............................................................................      1,594,470      2,608,577
  1998..............................................................................      1,246,793      2,116,303
  1999..............................................................................        570,519      1,217,108
  2000..............................................................................         54,875        211,443
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          5,125,485      8,313,256
  Less--Amount representing interest................................................       (676,522)      (775,509)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                          4,448,963      7,537,747
  Less--Current portion of capital lease obligations................................     (1,255,966)    (2,129,440)
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      $   3,192,997  $   5,408,307
                                                                                      -------------  -------------
                                                                                      -------------  -------------

 
    Interest expense  on  the  outstanding obligations  under  such  leases  was
$39,981,  $160,483, $312,653,  $73,350 (unaudited) and  $135,524 (unaudited) for
the eleven months ended December 31, 1993, the years ended December 31, 1994 and
1995, and the three-month periods ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-17

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(5) LONG-TERM DEBT
    As of  December  31,  1994 and  1995  and  March 31,  1996,  long-term  debt
consisted of the following (unsecured unless otherwise stated):
 


                                                                                 DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          --------------------------
                                                                              1994          1995
                                                                          ------------  ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                             
Note payable, interest at 8% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $3,594, maturing May 2000...................................  $    189,177  $    160,131  $    152,500
Note payable, collateralized by all of the assets of TTS, interest
 payable monthly at 6% per annum, principal due July 1995...............       350,000            --            --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $4,563, maturing January 1997...............................       106,989        57,297        44,403
Note payable, interest at 13% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $9,266, maturing April 1995.................................        95,599            --            --
Note payable, interest at 6% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $3,598, maturing June 1997..................................       100,000        61,786        51,869
Note payable, interest at 5% per annum, principal and interest payable
 monthly at $7,077, maturing January 2000...............................       375,000       313,064       295,675
Note payable to a bank, interest at 8-9% per annum, principal payable
 annually at $154,568 maturing September 2000, secured by an equitable
 mortgage over all assets and uncalled capital of Access 24.............            --            --       772,842
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                             1,216,765       592,278     1,317,289
  Less--Current portion.................................................      (624,483)     (195,660)     (189,443)
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $    592,282  $    396,618  $  1,127,846
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          ------------  ------------  ------------

 
    Annual maturities of the long-term debt described above are as follows:
 


                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995
                                                                                       ------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                         1996
                                                                                                     ------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                               
Year ended December 31--
  1996...............................................................................   $  195,660   $    147,831
  1997...............................................................................      134,324        288,892
  1998...............................................................................      115,210        269,778
  1999...............................................................................      122,278        276,846
  2000...............................................................................       24,806        179,372
  Thereafter.........................................................................           --        154,570
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  592,278   $  1,317,289
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-18

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(6) SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS
    On June 23, 1994, TTC entered into a revolving line of credit agreement (the
"Credit  Agreement") with a  bank under which  it could borrow  up to $3,000,000
through June 30, 1995. Initial borrowings under this line of credit were used to
retire TTC's previous line of credit. Interest is payable monthly at the  bank's
prime rate plus 1.75% (10.25% at December 31, 1994).
 
    On  April 12, 1995, the Company negotiated a new unsecured revolving line of
credit agreement  with the  bank under  which it  may borrow  up to  $5,000,000.
Interest is payable at various interest rates. The borrowings can be made at (1)
the  bank's prime rate, (2) a CD rate plus  125 basis points for periods of 7 to
90 days with  minimum advances of  $500,000 with $100,000  increments, (3)  LIBO
rate  plus 125 basis points for borrowing periods of 1, 2, 3 or 6 months, or (4)
agreed upon  rates.  At  December  31,  1995 and  March  31,  1996,  the  amount
outstanding under this facility was $1,000,000 and $3,500,000, respectively, and
is classified as short-term.
 
    In  April  1996, the  Company was  granted  an increased  line of  credit of
$15,000,000 through  May  1998.  The  terms of  this  line  of  credit  remained
unchanged from the previous $5,000,000 line of credit.
 
    The  Company is  required to  comply with  certain minimum  financial ratios
under covenants in connection with the borrowings described above.
 
(7) SUBORDINATED NOTES PAYABLE TO COMMON STOCKHOLDER
    At December  31, 1994  subordinated notes  payable to  the Stockholder  with
interest  at 8%  per annum  amounted to  $1,104,337, of  which $145,299  was due
within one year.
 
    These notes payable were subordinated to the long-term debt (Note 5) and the
short-term borrowings (Note 6) as  specified in the credit agreements.  Interest
incurred  on indebtedness to the  stockholder amounted to approximately $91,000,
$96,000, $11,000, $11,000 (unaudited) and  $0 (unaudited) for the eleven  months
ended  December 31, 1993,  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
    In February 1995, in conjunction with the Company's reorganization and stock
sale (Note 1), the Company paid in full these subordinated notes payable.
 
(8) INCOME TAXES
    As stated  in Note  1, TTC  and TTS  terminated their  S corporation  status
effective  January  1,  1995.  This  change  in  tax  status  was  recognized by
establishing net deferred tax liabilities of approximately $212,000 on that date
for temporary  differences  between  tax  basis  and  amounts  reported  in  the
accompanying  combined balance sheets of TTC  and TTS. The current provision for
income taxes for 1994 and  for the 11 months  ended December 31, 1993,  reflects
only  amounts payable to certain state tax jurisdictions that do not recognize S
corporation status. Beginning in  1995, THI and  its domestic subsidiaries  will
file  consolidated corporate  federal and  state income  tax returns.  Access 24
(Note 17) will file separate  tax returns in the  various countries in which  it
provides services.
 
                                      F-19

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The components of income before income taxes are as follows:
 


                                                                                              THREE MONTHS
                                                                   YEAR ENDED                    ENDED
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,                 MARCH 31,
                                                           --------------------------  --------------------------
                                                               1994          1995          1995          1996
                                                           ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                               ELEVEN
                                            MONTHS ENDED
                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                1993
                                            -------------
                                             (UNAUDITED)                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                      
Domestic..................................   $   537,676   $  1,714,710  $  7,085,080  $  2,952,288  $  2,054,659
Foreign...................................            --             --            --            --       204,185
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
Total.....................................   $   537,676   $  1,714,710  $  7,085,080  $  2,952,288  $  2,258,844
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------
                                            -------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------

 
    The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
 


                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                          YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                             1995          1995          1996
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                            
Current provision:
  Federal..............................................................   $2,472,925   $    952,940  $    942,658
  State................................................................      433,813        159,023       145,691
  Foreign..............................................................           --             --        73,506
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                           2,906,738      1,111,963     1,161,855
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
Deferred provision:
  Federal..............................................................     (153,610)            --      (132,761)
  State................................................................      (36,632)            --       (27,792)
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                            (190,242)            --      (160,553)
Change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation...............      212,500        212,500            --
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $2,928,996   $  1,324,463  $  1,001,302
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------

 
    The  following reconciles  the Company's effective  tax rate  to the federal
statutory rate for the  year ended December  31, 1995 and  for the three  months
ended March 31, 1995 and 1996:
 


                                                                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH
                                                                          YEAR ENDED              31,
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,  --------------------------
                                                                             1995          1995          1996
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                            
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate..........................   $2,408,927   $  1,003,778  $    768,007
State income taxes, net of federal deduction...........................      262,139         98,687       111,813
Effect of change in tax status from S corporation to C corporation.....      212,500        212,500            --
Permanent differences..................................................       37,210          9,498       114,482
Environmental tax......................................................        8,220             --            --
Foreign income taxed at higher rate....................................           --             --         7,000
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                          $2,928,996   $  1,324,463  $  1,001,302
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                                         ------------  ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-20

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(8) INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The  Company's deferred income tax assets  and liabilities are summarized as
follows:
 


                                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                          1995
                                                                                      ------------  THREE MONTHS
                                                                                                     ENDED MARCH
                                                                                                      31, 1996
                                                                                                    -------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                              
Deferred tax assets:
  Allowance for doubtful accounts...................................................   $  178,068    $   292,496
  Vacation accrual..................................................................      307,674        345,224
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
                                                                                          485,742        637,720
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Excess depreciation for tax.......................................................     (507,365)      (498,790)
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
Net deferred income tax (liability) asset...........................................   $  (21,623)   $   138,930
                                                                                      ------------  -------------
                                                                                      ------------  -------------

 
    A valuation allowance has not been recorded as the Company expects that  all
deferred tax assets will be realized in the future.
 
    The combined statement of income for 1993 and 1994 presents, on an unaudited
pro  forma  basis,  net  income  as if  the  Company  had  filed  consolidated C
corporation federal and state  income tax returns for  that year. The pro  forma
tax effects assume that the deferred tax assets established effective January 1,
1995,  as described above, would have been provided for as the related temporary
differences arose. The pro forma provision for income taxes for 1993 and 1994 is
reconciled to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal tax rate  to
income before taxes as follows:
 


                                                                                                 UNAUDITED
                                                                                          ------------------------
                                                                                             1993         1994
                                                                                          (PRO FORMA)  (PRO FORMA)
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                            AMOUNT       AMOUNT
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                                 
Income tax expense per federal statutory rate...........................................   $ 182,810    $ 583,001
State income taxes, net of federal deduction............................................      23,410       81,491
Permanent differences...................................................................      32,776       13,110
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
  Total pro forma provision for income taxes............................................     238,996      677,602
Historical provision (benefit) for income taxes.........................................     (10,000)      19,736
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
Pro forma tax effects...................................................................   $ 248,996    $ 657,866
                                                                                          -----------  -----------
                                                                                          -----------  -----------

 
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The  Company leases its premises in Sherman Oaks and Burbank, California and
Denver, Colorado pursuant to agreements expiring through 2003. The monthly rents
are subject to certain operating expenses and real estate taxes.
 
    The Company has  various operating  leases for equipment  and office  space.
Lease  expense under  operating leases  was approximately  $626,000, $1,366,000,
$442,000, $88,000 (unaudited)  and $118,000 (unaudited),  for the eleven  months
ended  December 31, 1993,  the years ended  December 31, 1994  and 1995, and the
three months ended March 31, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
                                      F-21

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(9) COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The future minimum  rental payments required  under noncancelable  operating
leases as of December 31, 1995, and March 31, 1996, are as follows:
 


                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                           1995
                                                                                       -------------   MARCH 31,
                                                                                                          1996
                                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                
Year ended December 31--
  1996...............................................................................  $   2,611,341  $  1,494,490
  1997...............................................................................      2,202,442     1,982,791
  1998...............................................................................      1,877,301     1,946,135
  1999...............................................................................      1,773,350     1,645,375
  2000...............................................................................        768,452       347,356
  Thereafter.........................................................................      1,974,493       302,900
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       $  11,207,379  $  7,719,047
                                                                                       -------------  ------------
                                                                                       -------------  ------------

 
(10) EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    The  Company has a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan which covers all employees who
have  completed  one  year  of  service,  as  defined,  and  are  21  or  older.
Participants  may defer  up to  19% of  their gross  pay up  to a  maximum limit
determined by law. Participants are always 100% vested in their contributions.
 
    The Company  may make  discretionary  contributions to  the plan  which  are
distributed to participants in accordance with the plan. Participants are vested
in  these contributions at a  rate of 20% per year.  For the eleven months ended
December 31, 1993 and the years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, the  Company's
contributions  to  the plan  were $40,000,  $64,000 and  $131,000, respectively.
There were no  contributions made during  the periods ended  March 31, 1995  and
1996.
 
(11) MANDATORILY REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK
    In  January,  1995,  the  Company  issued  1,860,000  shares  of convertible
preferred stock,  $6.45 par  value, at  $6.45 per  share for  gross proceeds  of
$12,000,000.  The Company used the  funds for the repayment  of certain notes as
well as for working capital requirements.
 
    Preferred Stock  is initially  convertible at  the option  of the  preferred
stockholders,  into 9,300,000 shares  of common stock. This  number of shares of
common stock  is subject  to adjustment  in the  event of  certain issuances  of
common  stock, excluding  up to  7,000,000 shares  of common  stock that  may be
issued upon exercise  of stock  options, to ensure  that preferred  stockholders
maintain  ownership of 16.9%  of the common  stock on a  fully diluted basis (as
adjusted pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation).
 
    In the event that  preferred stockholders do  not exercise their  conversion
rights  set out above, the preferred stock  converts to common stock at the rate
set out  above,  at the  earlier  of the  consummation  of a  qualified  initial
offering  of shares to  the public (as  defined in the  Company's Certificate of
Incorporation) or May 18, 2002.
 
    In the event that  the holders of Preferred  Stock have not exercised  their
conversion  rights prior to  May 18, 2002,  they are entitled  to either convert
their Preferred Stock to shares of common stock or redeem their shares for cash.
Such conversion  is to  provide an  internal  rate of  return to  the  Preferred
Stockholders of 7% per annum. Accordingly, dividends are accrued cumulatively at
the rate of 0.5833% per month.
 
                                      F-22

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS
    The Company adopted a stock option plan during 1995 and amended and restated
the  plan in January  1996, for directors,  officers, employees, consultants and
independent contractors. The plan reserves 7,000,000 shares of common stock  and
permits  the  award of  incentive  stock options  ("ISOs"),  other non-qualified
options ("NSOs"), stock appreciation rights ("SARs") and restricted stock. Under
the terms of this plan, the purchase price of shares subject to each ISO granted
must not  be  less  than the  fair  market  value  on the  date  of  grant.  The
compensation  committee of the Board of  Directors has complete discretion as to
exercise prices of all  other awards, including  NSOs. Outstanding options  vest
over a three or five-year period and are exercisable for ten years from the date
of grant.
 
    In  January, 1996, the Company adopted  a stock option plan for non-employee
directors (the "Director Plan"),  covering 750,000 shares  of common stock.  All
options  are to be  granted at fair market  value at the  date of grant. Options
vest as of the date of the option and are not exercisable until six months after
the option date. Options granted are exercisable for ten years from the date  of
grant  unless  a  participant  is  terminated for  cause  or  one  year  after a
participant's death.  Options to  purchase 225,000  shares were  outstanding  at
March 31, 1996.
 
    STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING STANDARDS NO. 123 ("SFAS 123")
 
    During  1995,  the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board  issued  SFAS 123,
"Accounting for  Stock Based  Compensation," which  defines a  fair value  based
method  of accounting for an employee  stock option or similar equity instrument
and encourages all entities to adopt that method of accounting for all of  their
employee stock compensation plans. However, it also allows an entity to continue
to  measure compensation  cost for  those plans  using the  method of accounting
prescribed by  the  Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion  No.  25  ("APB  25"),
"Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees." Entities electing to remain with the
accounting  in APB 25 must make pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings
per share, as  if the  fair value  based method  of accounting  defined in  this
Statement has been applied.
 
    The  Company has elected  to account for  its stock-based compensation plans
under APB  25;  however,  the  Company has  computed  for  pro-forma  disclosure
purposes  the value of all options granted  during 1995 and in the quarter ended
March 31, 1996, using  the Black-Scholes option pricing  model as prescribed  by
SFAS 123 and the following weighted average assumptions used for grants:
 

                                                                       
Risk-free interest rate.................................................       6.34%
Expected dividend yield.................................................          0%
Expected lives..........................................................  4.48 years
Expected volatility.....................................................         59%

 
    Options  were assumed to be  exercised upon vesting for  the purpose of this
valuation. Adjustments  are made  for options  forfeited prior  to vesting.  The
total  value of  options granted  was computed  to be  the following approximate
amounts, which would  be amortized  on a straight  line basis  over the  vesting
period of the options:
 

                                                                         
Year ended December 31, 1995..............................................  $ 340,727
Three months ended March 31, 1996 (unaudited).............................  $ 335,010

 
    If  the Company had accounted  for these plans in  accordance with SFAS 123,
the Company's net  income and pro  forma net  income per share  would have  been
reported as follows:
 
                                      F-23

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(12) STOCK OPTION PLANS (CONTINUED)
    NET INCOME
 


                                                                       YEAR ENDED
                                                                      DECEMBER 31,
                                                                          1995
                                                                      ------------  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                      MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                    -------------------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                              
As Reported.........................................................   $4,156,084      $   1,257,542
Pro Forma...........................................................    3,815,357            922,532

 
    PRO FORMA NET INCOME PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
 


                                                                        YEAR ENDED
                                                                       DECEMBER 31,
                                                                           1995
                                                                      ---------------   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                                          MARCH 31, 1996
                                                                                       ---------------------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                 
As Reported.........................................................     $    0.08           $    0.02
Pro Forma...........................................................     $    0.07           $    0.02

 
    A summary of the status of the Company's two stock option plans at March 31,
1996  and December 31, 1995 together with  changes during the periods then ended
are presented in the following table:
 


                                                                YEAR ENDED           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                             DECEMBER 31, 1995         MARCH 31, 1996
                                                          -----------------------  -----------------------
                                                                       WEIGHTED                 WEIGHTED
                                                                        AVERAGE                  AVERAGE
                                                                       PRICE PER                PRICE PER
                                                            SHARES       SHARE       SHARES       SHARE
                                                          ----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                                   
Outstanding at beginning of period......................          --                2,355,000   $    1.88
Grants during period....................................   2,355,000   $    1.88      793,750   $    5.13
                                                          ----------               ----------
Outstanding at end of period............................   2,355,000   $    1.88    3,148,750   $    2.70
                                                          ----------               ----------
                                                          ----------               ----------

 
    The following table sets forth the  exercise price range, number of  shares,
weighted  average exercise  price and remaining  contractual lives  by groups of
similar price and grant date:
 


                                                WEIGHTED
                                                 AVERAGE
   EXERCISE     NUMBER OF      WEIGHTED        CONTRACTUAL
 PRICE RANGE      SHARES     AVERAGE PRICE        LIFE
- --------------  ----------  ---------------  ---------------
                                    
$ 1.29 - $1.30   1,400,000     $    1.29               10
$            2     455,000     $    2.00               10
$       3 - $5   1,243,750     $    4.36               10
$            7      50,000     $    7.00               10

 
    Subsequent to March 31, 1996, THI granted an additional 1,819,750 options at
a weighted average price of $8.15.
 
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    Fair values of  cash equivalents  and other current  amounts receivable  and
payable  approximate  the  carrying  amounts  due  to  their  short-term nature.
Short-term investments  consist of  overnight deposits  in mutual  funds.  These
funds  hold  short-term  investments  which  include  primarily  U.S. Government
Treasury
 
                                      F-24

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(13) FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS (CONTINUED)
Bills, bankers'  acceptance  notes,  commercial  paper  and  Master  notes  with
maturities  of  90 days  or less.  Interest  accrues daily  on these  funds, and
accordingly, the carrying  values of  these investments  approximate their  fair
values.
 
    Debt  carried on  the Company's consolidated  balance sheet  of $592,278 and
$1,317,289 at December 31, 1995 and March 31, 1996, has an estimated fair  value
of  $626,478  and  $1,173,339, respectively.  The  fair value  of  the long-term
portion of the Company's  debt is based on  discounting future cash flows  using
current  interest rates adjusted for risk. The fair value of the short-term debt
approximates its recorded value due to its short-term nature.
 
(14) OTHER INCOME
    Other income (expense)  for the  year ended December  31, 1995  and for  the
three  months ended March 31, 1995 includes $2,400,000 received in settlement of
a premature termination of a contract.
 
(15) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
    During fiscal 1995, the Company provided reservations call handling services
to Midway  Airlines  Corporation  ("Midway"),  a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of
Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. Samuel Zell, a director of the Company, is an affiliate
of Zell/Chilmark Fund, L.P. During the twelve months ended December 31, 1995 and
the  three months ended March 31, 1996,  the Company charged Midway an aggregate
of $1,291,862 and $600,904, respectively, for services rendered by the  Company.
As  of December  31, 1995 and  March 31, 1996,  the amounts due  from Midway for
services  rendered  by  the  Company  was  $535,845  and  $570,274  (unaudited),
respectively, of which $354,526 and $462,958 (unaudited), respectively, was past
due.
 
    In  April  1996,  the  Company  agreed to  accept  from  Midway,  and Midway
delivered to the Company, a promissory note in the principal amount of  $500,000
to evidence a portion of the total amount due. The note bears interest at a rate
of  8% per annum and is payable  in 12 equal installments of principal, together
with interest, commencing May 1, 1996. The Company is continuing to provide call
handling services to Midway.
 
    The Company  utilizes  the  services  of  The  Riverside  Agency,  Inc.  for
reviewing,  obtaining and/or renewing various  insurance policies. The Riverside
Agency, Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of Equity Group Investments, Inc.,  of
which  Samuel Zell, a director of the  Company, is Chairman of the Board. During
the twelve months ended December 31, 1995  and the three months ended March  31,
1996, the Company incurred $23,965 and $47,930, respectively, for such services.
 
(16) ACQUISITIONS
    On  January 1, 1996, the Company acquired 100% of the common stock of Access
24 Services Corporation Pty  Limited (with its  subsidiaries, "Access 24"),  for
consideration  of $7.1 million, consisting of  cash of $2.27 million and 970,240
shares of common  stock in the  Company. Access 24  provides inbound, toll  free
customer  service, primarily to the healthcare  and financial services sector in
Australia, the United Kingdom and New Zealand.
 
    This acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method.  Goodwill
of $6.3 million arising on the acquisition is being amortized over 15 years on a
straight line basis.
 
                                      F-25

                            TELETECH HOLDINGS, INC.
                                AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED AND COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                 FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 AND 1995
               AND FOR THE ELEVEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
       AND FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 1995 AND 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
(16) ACQUISITIONS (CONTINUED)
    The following unaudited pro forma consolidated income statement gives effect
to the consummation of the acquisition as if it had occurred on January 1, 1995:
 
                  CONSOLIDATED CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 


                                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                                                                  -----------------------------------
                                                                                     THI      ACCESS 24    PRO FORMA
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                 
Revenue.........................................................................  $  50,467   $  10,239    $  60,706
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...............................................................  $   4,156   $    (166)   $   3,990
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                  ---------  -----------  -----------
Pro forma net income per common and common equivalent share.....................  $    0.08                $    0.07
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
Shares used in computing pro forma net income per common and common equivalent
 share..........................................................................     54,658                   54,658
                                                                                  ---------               -----------
                                                                                  ---------               -----------

 
    Pro  forma  net loss  for Access  24 for  the year  ended December  31, 1995
reflects  a  charge  of  $422,000  for  amortization  of  goodwill  arising   on
acquisition.
 
(17) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)
    SALE OF STOCK
    As of April 30, 1996, the Company sold 50% of the common stock of Access 24,
Limited  (the Company's United Kingdom subsidiary that operates a call center in
London, England) to PPP Healthcare Group  plc ("PPP") for cash consideration  of
$3.8  million. This transaction  resulted in an  after-tax gain of approximately
$1.6 million.
 
    In  addition,  Access  24,  Limited  also  issued  1,000,000  Cumulative  7%
Preference Shares at a par value of 1 pound each, redeemable in 2006, to PPP for
consideration of $1.5 million.
 
    Access  24,  Limited  did not  contribute  significantly to  the  results of
operations of the Company for any of the periods presented herein.
 
    BONUS PLAN
    In May, 1996,  the Company adopted  the 1996 Management  Bonus Plan  ("Bonus
Plan")  to  provide a  performance-based incentive  for the  Company's executive
officers and key employees. The compensation committee of the Board of Directors
administers the  Bonus Plan  and  determines which  employees are  eligible  for
anticipation. Bonuses are based on the Company's results of operations.
 
    TRANSACTION FEES
    In  May 1996,  the Board of  Directors approved  the payment of  fees to the
Equity Group Investments, Inc., an affiliate  of Samuel Zell, a director of  the
Company, for advice and assistance in consummating the following transactions:
 

                                                                  
i)         Access 24 purchase (Note 16)...............................  $ 300,000
ii)        The Company's proposed initial public offering of stock....    500,000
iii)       Sale of Access 24, Limited stock to PPP....................    200,000
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        $1,000,000
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------

 
    Fees  associated  with  the Access  24  purchase  will be  allocated  to the
purchase price.  Fees associated  with the  proposed public  offering of  common
stock  will be  netted against the  offering proceeds. Fees  associated with the
sale of stock to PPP will be netted of against the gain arising on this sale.
 
                                      F-26

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 


                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                 1995      FEBRUARY 29,
                                                                                             ------------      1995
                                                                                   NOTE                    ------------
                                                                                   -----          A$
                                                                                              (NOTE 22)         A$
                                                                                                  
CURRENT ASSETS
  Cash........................................................................           5       816,220     1,837,982
  Receivables.................................................................           6     1,976,041     1,340,978
  Other.......................................................................           7       401,173       165,432
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS..........................................................                 3,193,434     3,344,392
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
NON-CURRENT ASSETS
  Property, plant and equipment...............................................           8     4,217,281     2,170,050
  Intangibles.................................................................           9     1,964,360     2,163,362
  Other.......................................................................          10       466,726       366,517
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT ASSETS......................................................                 6,648,367     4,699,929
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL ASSETS..................................................................                 9,841,801     8,044,321
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Creditors and borrowings....................................................          11     3,042,545     2,230,026
  Provisions..................................................................          12       802,176     1,586,870
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES.....................................................                 3,844,721     3,816,896
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES
  Creditors and borrowings....................................................          13     2,521,226       791,276
  Provisions..................................................................          14       169,943        97,216
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES.................................................                 2,691,169       888,492
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES.............................................................                 6,535,890     4,705,388
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
  NET ASSETS..................................................................                 3,305,911     3,338,933
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Share capital...............................................................          15           212           212
  Reserves....................................................................          16     3,017,136     3,007,188
  Retained profits............................................................                   288,563       331,533
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
TOTAL SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY....................................................                 3,305,911     3,338,933
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------

 
      The accompanying notes form an integral part of this balance sheet.
 
                                      F-27

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                     CONSOLIDATED PROFIT AND LOSS ACCOUNTS
 


                                                                                              TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                                 1995          1995
                                                                                   NOTE      ------------  ------------
                                                                                   -----          A$            A$
                                                                                              (NOTE 22)
                                                                                                  
Operating revenue.............................................................           2    12,208,051     12,726,187
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Operating profit..............................................................           2       463,916      1,611,910
Income tax attributable to operating profit...................................           3       492,351        612,820
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Operating profit/(loss) after income tax......................................                   (28,435)       999,090
Retained profits at the beginning of the period...............................                   331,533        118,101
Adjustment to retained profits at the beginning of the period re AASB 1028:
 Accounting for Employee Entitlements.........................................           1       (14,535)            --
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Adjusted retained profits at the beginning of the financial period............                   316,998             --
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Total available for appropriation.............................................                   288,563      1,117,191
Dividends provided for........................................................                        --        785,658
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
Retained profits at the end of the financial period...........................                   288,563        331,533
                                                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                                             ------------  ------------

 
 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this profit and loss account.
 
                                      F-28

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 


                                                                                             TEN MONTHS
                                                                                                ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                            DECEMBER 31,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                                1995           1995
                                                                                  NOTE      -------------  ------------
                                                                              ------------       A$             A$
                                                                                              (NOTE 22)
                                                                                                  
Cash flows from operating activities
  Receipts from customers...................................................                   11,936,094    12,451,360
  Payments to suppliers and employees.......................................                  (10,749,686)   (9,938,953)
  Interest paid.............................................................                      (10,972)           --
  Interest received.........................................................                       82,708        87,747
  Advances to related parties...............................................                      (68,591)           --
  Repayment of advances to related parties..................................                           --        78,855
  Interest paid (leases)....................................................                     (128,958)      (70,192)
  Income taxes paid.........................................................                     (578,105)     (209,093)
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
  Net operating cash flows..................................................         21(b)        482,490     2,399,724
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
Cash flows from investing activities
  Cash paid for acquisition of property, plant and equipment................                   (1,510,622)     (684,091)
  Payments for investments..................................................                           --            --
  Proceeds from sale of fixed assets........................................                       60,079        54,187
  Acquisition of intangibles................................................                           --        (1,547)
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
  Net investing cash flows..................................................                   (1,450,543)     (631,451)
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
Cash flows from financing activities
  Proceeds from borrowings..................................................                    1,000,000             -
  Repayment of hire purchase and lease liabilities..........................                     (456,043)     (260,613)
  Advances to controlled entities...........................................                           --            --
  Repayment of advances to controlled entities..............................                           --            --
  Dividends paid............................................................                     (785,658)           --
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
Net financing cash flows....................................................                     (241,701)     (260,613)
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
Net increase/(decrease) in cash held........................................                   (1,209,754)    1,507,660
Cash at the beginning of the financial period...............................                    1,837,982       327,538
Exchange rate variations on foreign cash balances...........................                       (8,461)        2,784
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
Cash at the end of the financial period.....................................         21(a)        619,767     1,837,982
                                                                                            -------------  ------------
                                                                                            -------------  ------------

 
 The accompanying notes form an integral part of this statement of cash flows.
 
                                      F-29

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:
 
(a)  BASIS OF THE PREPARATION OF THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The   financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  the
historical cost convention using the accounting policies described below and  do
not take account of changes in either the general purchasing power of the dollar
or in the prices of specific assets.
 
    The  carrying  amounts  of  all non-current  assets  are  reviewed  at least
annually  to  determine  whether  they  exceed  their  recoverable  amount.  The
recoverable  amounts of  all non-current assets  have been  determined using net
cash flows which have not been discounted to their present value.
 
    All amounts are in Australian dollars.
 
(b)  PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION
 
    The consolidated financial  statements include the  financial statements  of
the  parent entity, Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited and its controlled
entities. The term "Economic Entity" used throughout these financial  statements
means the parent entity and its controlled entities.
 
    Where  a controlled entity has been  acquired during the period, its results
are included in the consolidated result from the date of acquisition. Similarly,
where a controlled entity is sold, its results are included in the  consolidated
result until the date of disposal.
 
    All inter-entity balances and transactions have been eliminated.
 
(c)  OPERATING REVENUE
 
    Sales  revenue represents revenue  earned (net of  discounts and allowances)
from the sale of services. Other revenue includes interest income on short  term
deposits and gross proceeds from the sale of non-current assets.
 
(d)  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    (i)  ACQUISITION
 
    Items  of  plant  and equipment  are  recorded  at cost  and  depreciated as
outlined below.
 
    (ii)  DISPOSALS OF ASSETS
 
    The gain  or loss  on disposal  of assets  is calculated  as the  difference
between  the  carrying amount  of  the asset  at the  time  of disposal  and the
proceeds on disposal, and is  included in the result  of the economic entity  in
the period of disposal.
 
    (iii)  DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION
 
    Items    of   plant    and   equipment,   and    leasehold   property,   are
depreciated/amortized over their  estimated useful  lives ranging from  3 to  30
years.  The straight line  method is used  except in the  case of one controlled
entity where the reducing  balance method is  used in respect  of all plant  and
equipment.
 
    (iv)  LEASED PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Assets of the economic entity acquired under finance leases are capitalized.
The  initial amount  of the leased  asset and corresponding  lease liability are
recorded at  the present  value of  minimum lease  payments. Leased  assets  are
amortized  over  the life  of  the relevant  lease or,  where  it is  likely the
economic entity will obtain ownership of  the asset on expiration of the  lease,
the  expected useful  life of  the asset. Lease  liabilities are  reduced by the
principal component of lease payments. The interest component is charged against
operating profit.
 
                                      F-30

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
    Operating leases are not capitalized and rental payments are charged against
operating profit in the period in which they are incurred.
 
(e)  INCOME TAX
 
    The economic entity adopts the liability method of tax effect accounting.
 
    Income tax expense is calculated on operating profit adjusted for  permanent
differences  between taxable  and accounting  income. The  tax effect  of timing
differences which arise from items being brought to account in different periods
for income tax and accounting purposes, is carried forward in the balance  sheet
as a future income tax benefit or a deferred tax liability.
 
    Future  income  tax benefits  relating  to tax  losses  are only  brought to
account when their realization is virtually certain.
 
(f)  FOREIGN CURRENCY
 
    TRANSACTIONS
 
    Foreign currency transactions are translated  to Australian currency at  the
rates  of exchange ruling  at the dates of  the transactions. Amounts receivable
and payable in foreign currencies at balance date are translated at the rates of
exchange ruling on that date.
 
    TRANSLATION OF FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF OVERSEAS OPERATIONS
 
    All overseas operations  are deemed self-sustaining  as each is  financially
and  operationally independent of Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited. The
financial statements of  overseas operations  are translated  using the  current
rate  method  and any  exchange differences  are taken  directly to  the foreign
currency translation reserve.
 
(g)  PROVISIONS
 
    EMPLOYEE ENTITLEMENTS
 
    Provision has been made in the financial statements for benefits accruing to
employees in relation to  such matters as annual  leave and long service  leave.
Long  service  leave  provisions  are calculated  based  on  the  probability of
employee's service continuity, even  though in some cases  such amounts are  not
currently vesting.
 
    From  this  financial year,  all on-costs,  including payroll  tax, workers'
compensation premiums and fringe benefits tax are included in the  determination
of  provisions for  annual leave and  long service leave.  Provisions for annual
leave and current long  service leave are measured  at their nominal value.  Non
current  long service  leave is measured  at its present  value where materially
different from  the nominal  value. All  provision where  previously measure  at
their  nominal value.  This represents  a change in  accounting policy  so as to
satisfy the requirements of AASB 1028--Accounting for Employee Entitlements.
 
    The impact of this  change in policy  for the economic  entity is to  reduce
opening retained profits by $14,535.
 
    DOUBTFUL DEBTS
 
    The  collectibility of debts is assessed  at year end and specific provision
is made for any doubtful accounts.
 
                                      F-31

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 1.  STATEMENT OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES: (CONTINUED)
(h)  SUPERANNUATION FUND
 
    Contributions to a defined contribution superannuation fund are expensed  in
the  year  they are  paid  or become  payable. No  amount  is recognized  in the
accounts or group accounts in respect of  the net surplus or deficiency of  each
plan.
 
(i)  INTANGIBLES
 
    Goodwill  represents the excess of the  purchase consideration over the fair
value of  identifiable net  assets acquired  at  the time  of acquisition  of  a
business or shares in a controlled entity.
 
    Goodwill  is amortized  by the straight  line method over  the period during
which benefits are expected to be received. This is taken as being 10 years.
 
(j)  COMPARATIVE BALANCES
 
    Certain prior year  comparatives have  been amended to  accord with  current
year disclosure.
 
NOTE 2.  REVENUE AND EXPENSES:
 


                                                                  TEN MONTHS
                                                                     ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,   FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                     1995           1995
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                          
Operating profit/(loss) for the period has been arrived at
 after including:
Operating Revenue:
  Fees received................................................  $  11,783,312  $  12,316,889
  Interest from:
    --other persons............................................         84,986         87,747
  Other revenue................................................        339,753        321,551
                                                                 -------------  -------------
Total operating revenue........................................     12,208,051     12,726,187
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------
EXPENSES:
Abnormal item:
  Write off of non recoverable loan............................        188,952             --
                                                                 -------------  -------------
Other expenses:
  Provision for doubtful debts.................................        (42,135)        35,255
  Provision for annual leave...................................        408,906        389,223
  Provision for long service leave.............................         16,203         25,230
  Rental expense on operating leases...........................        466,083        216,506
  Depreciation of plant and equipment..........................        547,589        346,420
  Interest paid
    --Other persons............................................         19,203             --
    --Finance leases and hire purchases........................        130,408         70,192
  Amortization of goodwill.....................................        210,048        237,668
  Amortization of finance lease assets.........................        196,086        203,335
  Foreign exchange (gains)/losses..............................          9,128        (36,841)
  (Gain)/loss on disposal of fixed assets (a)..................        (28,929)        71,733
                                                                 -------------  -------------
  (a) Proceeds on the disposal of fixed assets were:...........         60,079         54,187
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------

 
                                      F-32

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 3.  INCOME TAX:
 
    (a)  The difference  between income  tax expense  provided in  the financial
statements and the prima facie income tax expense is reconciled as follows.
 


                                                                                        TEN MONTHS
                                                                                          ENDED       YEAR ENDED
                                                                                       DECEMBER 31,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                           1995          1995
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                               
Operating profit.....................................................................   $  463,916   $  1,611,910
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Prima facie tax expense thereon at 36% (February 28, 1995: 33%)......................      167,010        531,930
Increase/ (decrease) in prima facie tax expense arising from:
  Amortization of goodwill...........................................................       57,830         78,430
  Entertaining.......................................................................        3,833          2,724
  Fringe benefit tax.................................................................           --          2,141
  Write-off of non-recoverable loan..................................................       68,023             --
  Other non-deductible items.........................................................       21,585         (3,667)
  Effects of lower rates of tax on overseas income...................................       (5,537)            --
  Prior year adjustment..............................................................       10,708          1,262
  Tax losses not brought to account..................................................      168,899             --
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Total income tax attributable to operating profit....................................      492,351        612,820
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
Total income tax expense comprises movements in:
  Provision for income tax...........................................................      445,758        656,627
  Provision for deferred income tax..................................................       52,246         47,045
  Future income tax benefit..........................................................       (5,653)       (90,852)
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                        $  492,351   $    612,820
                                                                                       ------------  ------------
                                                                                       ------------  ------------

 
    (b) As at 31 December 1995,  there are companies within the economic  entity
which  have income tax losses available  to offset against future years' taxable
income. The  benefit  of  these  losses  has not  been  brought  to  account  as
realization is not virtually certain.
 
                                      F-33

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4.  PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
         CONSOLIDATED RESULT:
 
    (a) Particulars in relation to controlled entities
 


                                                                                                          CONTRIBUTION TO
                                       % OF SHARES HELD                BOOK VALUE OF INVESTMENT      CONSOLIDATED PROFIT/(LOSS)
                              -----------------------------------  --------------------------------  --------------------------
                                                   FEBRUARY 28,                      FEBRUARY 28,                  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                       1995                              1995                          1995
                              DECEMBER 31 1995   ----------------    DECEMBER 31    ---------------                ------------
                              -----------------                         1995                         DECEMBER 31
                                                                   ---------------                       1995
                                  (NOTE 22)                           (NOTE 22)                      ------------
                                                                                                      (NOTE 22)
                                                                                                 
Access 24 Service
 Corporation Pty Limited....            --                 --         $      --        $      --      $  343,285    $  852,890
Access 24 (Service
 Corporation) Limited
 (incorporated in New
 Zealand)...................           100%               100%               83               83          99,021       146,200
Controlled entities acquired
 during the period:
  Support 24 Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (iii)(vi).....            --                 --                --               --              --            --
  Access 24 Limited
   (incorporated in the
   United Kingdom)
   (iii)(iv)................           100%                --                 4               --        (440,535)           --
  High Performance
   Healthcare Pty Limited
   (incorporated in
   Australia) (v)...........           100%                --                99               --         (30,206)           --
                                                                          -----            -----     ------------  ------------
                                                                      $     186        $      83      $  (28,435)   $  999,090
                                                                          -----            -----     ------------  ------------
                                                                          -----            -----     ------------  ------------

 
- ------------
(i)  All entities operate solely in their place of incorporation.
 
(ii) The  financial year ends of each controlled  entity are the same as that of
     the parent entity.
 
(iii)This company  is  not  audited  by  the  parent  entity  auditor  or  their
     affiliates.
 
(iv) The  parent entity acquired this company  for cash consideration of $4. The
     company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
 
(v)  The parent entity acquired this company for cash consideration of $99.  The
     company did not trade prior to the acquisition by the parent entity.
 
(vi) A  51% shareholding in  this company was acquired  for nil consideration on
     July 1, 1995 and was sold for $1 consideration on December 22, 1995. At the
     date of acquisition, the net deficiency of Support 24 was $145,983 made  up
     of  the  following assets  and liabilities  by  major class:  Cash balances
     $2,089,  Receivables  $10,522,  Fixed   Assets  $10,875  and  Creditors   &
     Borrowings  $(169,469). At the date of  disposal, the net assets of Support
     24 were  $892 and  were made  up of:  Receivables $59,967  and Creditors  &
     Borrowings  $(59,075). A  loss of $42,078  had been  generated from trading
     activities during the period the company was a controlled entity and Access
     24 Service Corporation Pty Limited forgave a loan of $188,952 resulting  in
     an operating profit of $146,874 for the same period.
 
                                      F-34

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 4.  PARENT ENTITY INVESTMENT IN CONTROLLED ENTITIES AND CONTRIBUTION TO
         CONSOLIDATED RESULT: (CONTINUED)
    (b) Segment information


                                                      TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                            EXTERNAL   INTERGROUP     TOTAL     SEGMENT    SEGMENT
                                             REVENUE     REVENUE     REVENUE    RESULT     ASSETS
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           
Australia.................................  $10,085,045  $ 251,754  $10,336,799 $ 313,079 $8,080,913
New Zealand...............................  1,645,502          --   1,645,502     99,021  1,203,597
United Kingdom............................    477,504          --     477,504   (438,957) 2,170,657
Eliminations..............................         --    (251,754)   (251,754)    (1,578) (1,613,366)
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Consolidated..............................  $12,208,051  $      --  $12,208,051 $ (28,435) $9,841,801
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
 

 
                                                         YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                                            -------------------------------------------------------
                                            EXTERNAL   INTERGROUP     TOTAL     SEGMENT    SEGMENT
                                             REVENUE     REVENUE     REVENUE    RESULT     ASSETS
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           
Australia.................................  $11,228,111  $ 169,891  $11,398,002 $ 852,890 $7,440,308
New Zealand...............................  1,498,076          --   1,498,076    146,200  1,137,691
Eliminations..............................         --    (169,891)   (169,891)        --   (533,678)
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Consolidated..............................  $12,726,187  $      --  $12,726,187 $ 999,090 $8,044,321
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  ---------  ---------

 
    The   group  derives  income  by   providing  emergency  medical  and  trade
assistance.
 
    (c) Ultimate Parent Entity
 
    The ultimate parent entity of Access  24 Service Corporation Pty Limited  is
the  Royal Automobile Club of Victoria (RACV) Limited, a company incorporated in
the state of Victoria.
 
NOTE 5.  CASH:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Cash at bank and in hand.........................................   $  807,875   $  1,797,191
Cash held in trust...............................................        8,345         40,791
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  816,220   $  1,837,982
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 6.  RECEIVABLES:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Trade debtors....................................................   $1,288,033   $    801,326
Provision for doubtful trade debtors.............................       (1,530)       (43,665)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                     1,286,503        757,661
Trade balances receivable from related parties...................      186,474        117,882
Amounts receivable from controlled entities......................           --             --
Accrued fees.....................................................      499,624        462,059
Other debtors....................................................        3,440          3,376
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $1,976,041   $  1,340,978
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-35

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 7.  OTHER CURRENT ASSETS:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Other assets.....................................................   $  121,621   $     96,348
Prepayments......................................................      279,552         69,084
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  401,173   $    165,432
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 8.  PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:
 
    Plant and equipment and leasehold improvements:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
 
                                                                           
At cost (a)......................................................   $4,285,965   $  2,124,874
Less accumulated depreciation....................................     (924,807)      (375,932)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $3,361,158   $  1,748,942
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Leased plant and equipment:
  Capitalized value of leased plant and equipment................   $1,236,861   $    667,753
  Less accumulated amortization..................................     (380,738)      (246,645)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                       856,123        421,108
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $4,217,281   $  2,170,050
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
(a) A charge has been  registered by a finance  company, over assets under  hire
    purchase of a controlled entity, to the value of $83,584.
 
NOTE 9.  INTANGIBLES:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Goodwill at cost.................................................   $2,455,393   $  2,443,866
Accumulated amortization.........................................     (491,033)      (280,504)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $1,964,360   $  2,163,362
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-36

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 10.  OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Investments
  --Controlled entities (Note 4(a))..............................   $       --   $         --
Security deposits................................................      110,770         82,895
Future income tax benefit........................................      270,871        276,523
Amount receivable from a controlled entity.......................           --             --
Other non-current assets.........................................       85,085          7,099
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  466,726   $    366,517
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 11.  CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (CURRENT):
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Bank overdraft...................................................   $  196,453   $         --
Trade creditors..................................................      357,306        294,785
Sundry creditors.................................................      948,329        928,507
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a)).................      821,968        607,080
Prepaid fees and claims:
  --Trade........................................................      710,527        322,548
  --Trust accounts...............................................        7,962         41,316
Amounts due to related parties...................................           --         35,790
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $3,042,545   $  2,230,026
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 12.  PROVISIONS (CURRENT):
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Dividend.........................................................   $       --   $    785,657
Taxation.........................................................      423,680        567,220
Employee entitlements............................................      378,496        233,993
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  802,176   $  1,586,870
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 13.  CREDITORS AND BORROWINGS (NON-CURRENT):
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Bank Loan (a)....................................................   $1,000,000   $         --
Lease and hire purchase liabilities (Note 18(a)).................    1,521,226        791,276
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $2,521,226   $    791,276
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
    (a) The bank loan is secured by a registered mortgage debenture over all the
assets/undertakings of the parent entity and by a letter of support to the value
of $3.77m from the ultimate parent entity, the RACV.
 
                                      F-37

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 14.  PROVISIONS (NON-CURRENT):
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Deferred income tax..............................................   $  111,345   $     59,099
Employee entitlements............................................       58,598         38,117
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  169,943   $     97,216
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 15.  SHARE CAPITAL:
 


                                                                                FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                    1995
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,   -------------
                                                                     1995
                                                                 -------------
                                                                   (NOTE 22)
                                                                          
Authorized capital:
  --10,000,000 ordinary shares of $1 each......................  $  10,000,000  $  10,000,000
                                                                 -------------  -------------
Issued and fully paid:
  --212 ordinary shares of $1 each.............................  $         212  $         212
                                                                 -------------  -------------
                                                                 -------------  -------------

 
NOTE 16.  RESERVES:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Share premium account............................................   $2,999,900   $  2,999,900
Foreign currency translation.....................................       17,236          7,288
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $3,017,136   $  3,007,188
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Foreign currency translation
  --Balance at beginning of year.................................   $    7,288   $       (273)
  --Gain on translation of overseas controlled entities..........        9,948          7,561
                                                                   ------------  ------------
  --Balance at end of period.....................................   $   17,236   $      7,288
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
NOTE 17.  REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS:
 
    Amounts received or due and receivable by the auditors of the company for:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
- --Audit services.................................................   $   43,363   $     20,418
- --Other services.................................................           --         20,250
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $   43,363   $     40,668
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-38

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 18.  COMMITMENTS:
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
(a) Finance lease and hire purchase expenditure contracted for is
 payable as follows:
  Not later than one year........................................   $  852,954   $    623,191
  Later than one year and not later than two years...............      727,574        423,010
  Later than two years and not later than five years.............      771,673        463,396
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                     2,352,201      1,509,597
Deduct future finance charges (i)................................       (9,007)      (111,241)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Net lease and hire purchase liability............................   $2,343,194   $  1,398,356
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Reconciled to:
  Current liability (Note 11)....................................   $  821,968   $    607,080
  Non-current liability (Note 13)................................    1,521,226        791,276
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $2,343,194   $  1,398,356
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
    (i)  In the current period, assets under hire purchase have been recorded on
a gross basis, resulting in the recognition of a liability and equivalent  asset
equal  to the amount  of future interest payable.  The finance charges disclosed
for the  current year  relate solely  to  finance leases  while the  prior  year
comparatives include interest on assets under hire purchase.
 


                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  ------------
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
b) Operating leases
  expenditure contracted for is payable as follows:
  Not later than one year........................................   $  302,129   $    238,429
  Later than one year and not later than two years...............      320,008        243,739
  Later than two year and not later than five years..............      361,031        517,833
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  983,168   $  1,000,001
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
    The  above operating lease commitments  include amounts for rental operating
leases which are gross of amounts received for subleases of various premises.
 
                                      F-39

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 19.  REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS:
    The number of directors of  the parent entity who  received, or were due  to
receive,  remuneration  (including brokerage,  commissions,  bonuses, retirement
payments and salaries, but excluding prescribed benefits) directly or indirectly
from the company or any related body corporate, as shown in the following  bands
were:
 


                                                                                              PARENT ENTITY
                                                                                        --------------------------
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                            1995          1995
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                                
$     0 - $  9,999....................................................................           --             2
$ 20,000 - $ 29,999...................................................................            1            --
$ 50,000 - $ 59,999...................................................................            1            --
$110,000 - $119,999...................................................................            1            --
$210,000 - $219,999...................................................................            2            --
$250,000 - $259,999...................................................................           --             2
$260,000 - $269,999...................................................................           --             1
$270,000 - $279,999...................................................................            1            --
 
The aggregate remuneration of the directors referred to in the above bands was:          $  904,589    $  776,821
                                                                                        ------------  ------------
                                                                                        ------------  ------------

 
    The  total of all remuneration received,  or due and receivable, directly or
indirectly, from the respective  corporations of which they  are a director,  or
any  related body  corporate, by  all the directors  of each  corporation in the
economic entity  of  December  31,  1995 and  February  28,  1995  $904,589  and
$839,301, respectively.
 

                                                                              
Amounts paid to or on behalf of directors of the company in respect
 of retirement benefits and superannuation contributions were:          $  53,071    $  67,043
                                                                       -----------  -----------
                                                                       -----------  -----------

 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES:
 
    (a)  The directors of  Access 24 Service Corporation  Pty Limited during the
financial period were:
 
       Dr. John Eric Kendall
       Mr. Louis Thomas Carroll
       Mr. Nigel Alexander Dick
       Mr. John Norman Isaac
       Mr. Keith William Blyth (resigned August 1, 1995)
       Mr. Edmund Christopher Johnson (appointed September 8, 1995)
 
                                      F-40

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
    (b) The following related party  transactions occurred during the  financial
period:
 


                                                      NATURE OF RELATIONSHIP WITH ACCESS 24 SERVICE       OWNERSHIP
            IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY                            CORPORATION PTY LIMITED                   INTEREST
- --------------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------------  --------------
                                                                                                  
RACV Insurance Pty Limited                          Commonly controlled entity                                  --
Access 24 (Service Corporation) Limited (NZ)        Controlled entity                                          100%
Access 24 Limited (UK)                              Controlled entity                                          100%
High Performance Healthcare Pty Ltd                 Controlled entity                                          100%
Support 24 Pty Limited                              Controlled entity                                           51%
Auto 24 Pty Limited                                 Commonly controlled entity                                  --
Dataview Solutions Pty Limited                      Director related entity                                     --

 


                                                                                                              VOLUME
                                                               TERMS & CONDITIONS OF EACH                  FEBRUARY 28,
IDENTITY OF RELATED PARTY           TYPE OF TRANSACTION                TRANSACTION                             1995
- -----------------------------  -----------------------------  -----------------------------     VOLUME     ------------
                                                                                             DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                                 1995
                                                                                             ------------
                                                                                              (NOTE 22)
                                                                                               
RACV Insurance Pty Limited     Sales                          Commercial terms and            $  779,467    $  693,039
                                                              conditions
 
Auto 24 Pty Limited            Staff services fees            Commercial terms and               877,093       448,863
                                                              conditions
 
                               Loans advanced                 Interest charged at                651,050       545,000
                                                              commercial bank rates
 
                               Loan repayments                                                   632,459       427,118
 
                               Interest receipts                                                  18,392            --
 
High Performance Healthcare    Loans advanced                 Nil interest                        34,933            --
 Pty Limited
 
Access 24 (Service             Management fees                Commercial terms and               251,754       169,891
 Corporation) Limited                                         conditions
 
                               Loans advanced                 Nil interest                            --       555,000
 
                               Loan repayments                                                   220,708        42,000
 
Support 24 Pty Limited         Loans advanced                 Nil interest                       313,952            --
 
                               Loan repayments                                                    75,000            --
 
Dataview Solutions Pty         Rent and related costs,        Commercial terms and            $  100,329    $  133,906
 Limited                       software development, and      conditions
                               accounts preparation
 
Access 24 Limited              Loan advance                   Nil interest                     1,256,206            --

 
    (c)  During the  current financial  period, the  parent entity  entered into
certain contracts on behalf of a controlled entity. These contracts are for:
 
    - the provision of services to third parties,
 
                                      F-41

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 20.  RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES: (CONTINUED)
    - operating lease for premises,
 
    - finance lease for equipment.
 
    The  assets,  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses  associated  with  these
contracts  have  been  reflected in  the  financial statements  of  the economic
entity. They have not been reflected  in the financial statements of the  parent
entity as, in substance, the transactions relate solely to the operations of the
controlled entity.
 
    (d)  Interests in the shares of entities  within the economic entity held by
directors of the  reporting entity and  their director related  entities, as  at
December 31, 1995:
 


                                                        ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION
                                                                   PTY LTD
                                                       --------------------------------
                                                        $1 ORDINARY SHARES, FULLY PAID
                                                       --------------------------------
                                                        DECEMBER 31,     FEBRUARY 28,
                                                            1995             1995
                                                       ---------------  ---------------
                                                                  
J. E. Kendall........................................            70               70
L. T. Carroll........................................            36               36

 
NOTE 21.  CASH FLOWS:
 
    (a) Reconciliation of cash
 
    For  the purposes of the statement of cash flows, cash includes cash on hand
and in banks and deposits at call,  net of outstanding bank overdrafts. Cash  at
the  end of  the financial  period as shown  in the  statement of  cash flows is
reconciled to the related items in the balance sheet as follows:
 


                                                                   DECEMBER 31,  FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                       1995          1995
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                           
Cash balance comprises:
  Cash at bank and on hand.......................................   $  807,875   $  1,797,191
  Cash held in trust.............................................        8,345         40,791
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                       816,220      1,837,982
  Bank overdraft.................................................     (196,453)            --
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                    $  619,767   $  1,837,982
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
                                      F-42

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 21.  CASH FLOWS: (CONTINUED)
    (b) Reconciliation of operating profit/loss after tax to net cash flows from
operating activities:
 


                                                                                  YEAR ENDED
                                                                                 FEBRUARY 28,
                                                                                     1995
                                                                    TEN MONTHS   ------------
                                                                      ENDED
                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1995
                                                                   ------------
                                                                    (NOTE 22)
                                                                           
Operating profit/(loss) after tax................................   $  (28,435)  $    999,090
Depreciation and amortization:
  --Property, plant and equipment................................      547,589        346,420
  --Intangibles..................................................      210,048        237,668
  --Leased assets................................................      196,086        203,335
Gain/(loss) on sale of non-current assets........................      (28,929)        70,736
Bad and doubtful debts...........................................      (42,135)        35,255
 
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Trade receivables................................................     (486,706)      (128,396)
Other receivables................................................          (64)         2,662
Advances to related parties......................................      (68,592)            --
Intercompany trade receivables...................................           --             --
Security deposits................................................      (27,875)            --
Accrued fees.....................................................      (37,565)            --
Future income tax benefit........................................        5,652        (90,852)
Prepayments......................................................     (210,468)       (65,178)
Other assets.....................................................       (6,449)            --
Trade creditors..................................................       62,521          4,359
Sundry creditors and accruals....................................       19,822        225,978
Prepaid fees and claims:
  --Trade creditors..............................................      387,979             --
  --Trust accounts...............................................      (33,354)        (4,498)
Amounts due to related parties...................................      (35,790)            --
Repayment of advances to related parties.........................           --         78,855
Tax provision....................................................     (143,540)       447,534
Deferred income tax liability....................................       52,246         47,045
Adjustment to retained earnings (re AASB 1028: Accounting for
 Employee Entitlements)..........................................      (14,535)            --
Employee provisions..............................................      164,984        (10,289)
                                                                   ------------  ------------
Net cash flows from operating activities.........................   $  482,490   $  2,399,724
                                                                   ------------  ------------
                                                                   ------------  ------------

 
    (c) Non-cash financing and investing activities:
 
    Purchases of certain plant and equipment has been conducted through  finance
leases  and hire purchase  agreements. These transactions do  not result in cash
outflows until  the  lease payments  occur  as per  the  individual  agreements.
Purchases  of property,  plant and  equipment financed  in this  way for  the 10
months ended December 31,  1995 totalled $630,789 for  Access 24 and  $1,304,100
for  the economic entity ($826,505 and $787,960  for the year ended February 28,
1995). The total  value of  property, plant and  equipment under  lease and  the
resulting lease liabilities are disclosed in the financial statements.
 
                                      F-43

       ACCESS 24 SERVICE CORPORATION PTY LIMITED AND CONTROLLED ENTITIES
                 NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED FEBRUARY 28, 1995
                   AND THE TEN MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                  (CONTINUED)
 
NOTE 22.  FINANCIAL PERIOD:
    The  parent entity and  its controlled entities  have changed financial year
end from February  28 to December  31. As a  result, these financial  statements
cover  the  ten  month  period from  March  1  1995 to  December  31,  1995. The
comparative figures relate to the year ended February 28, 1995.
 
                                      F-44

INSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS:
 
    The  inside back  cover is  a multicolor  graphic layout  entitled "CUSTOMER
CONNECTIVITY through TeleTech's  network of  people and  technology." AFTER  THE
WORDS  "CUSTOMER  CONNECTIVITY",  THERE IS  A  SUPERSCRIPT "R"  SURROUNDED  BY A
CIRCLE, INDICATING THAT THE WORDS ARE A REGISTERED TRADEMARK OF TELETECH.
 
    Located in the  center of the  page is  a rectangular photograph  of a  call
center  over which is superimposed the word "TELETECH". Along the bottom edge of
this photograph are four ovals labelled as follows (from left to right): "PHONE"
(together with graphic  icon of  telephone handset);  "INTERNET" (together  with
graphic  icon of arrow "clicking" on a  computer screen); "IVR" (together with a
graphic icon of three buttons arranged vertically and labeled "1, 2 and 3"); and
"FAX" (together with graphic icon of telephone handset and a sheet of paper).
 
    Located  towards  the  bottom  of   the  page,  below  the   above-described
rectangular  photograph and connected to  the same by a  curvilinear line, is an
oval graphic labeled  "teletech's clients",  beneath which  is written  "fortune
1000."
 
    Located above the rectangular photograph are six oval photographs containing
close-up  of one  or more faces  and labelled  "client's customers." Overlapping
each of these  oval photographs  is one of  graphic icons  identified along  the
bottom  of the rectangular photograph, which  indicates the services provided by
TeleTech to  the client's  customer (e.g.,  FAX, PHONE,  IVR [interactive  voice
response]  and INTERNET). Each  oval photograph is  connected to the rectangular
photograph by a curvilinear line.
 
    TeleTech's corporate logo appears in the lower left-hand corner of the page,
under which are written the words: "COPYRIGHT 1996."

OUTSIDE BACK COVER OF PROSPECTUS
 
                                     [LOGO]

Information   contained  herein  is  subject   to  completion  or  amendment.  A
registration statement  relating to  these securities  has been  filed with  the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission. These securities  may not be  sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior  to the time the registration statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute an  offer  to  sell  or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in  any State in which such offer,  solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

                [ALTERNATIVE PAGE FOR INTERNATIONAL PROSPECTUS]
PROSPECTUS (SUBJECT TO COMPLETION)
ISSUED            , 1996
 
                                6,000,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                 --------------
 
 OF THE 6,000,000 SHARES  OF COMMON STOCK BEING  OFFERED, 4,000,000 SHARES  ARE
 BEING  SOLD BY THE COMPANY AND 2,000,000 SHARES ARE BEING SOLD BY THE SELLING
  STOCKHOLDERS NAMED HEREIN. THE COMPANY WILL NOT RECEIVE ANY OF THE  PROCEEDS
  FROM  THE SALE  OF SHARES BY  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS.  SEE "PRINCIPAL AND
   SELLING STOCKHOLDERS." OF THE SHARES  BEING OFFERED,         SHARES  ARE
     BEING OFFERED INITIALLY OUTSIDE OF THE UNITED STATES AND CANADA BY THE
     INTERNATIONAL  UNDERWRITERS  AND             SHARES ARE  BEING OFFERED
     INITIALLY IN THE UNITED  STATES AND CANADA  BY THE U.S.  UNDERWRITERS.
     SEE  "UNDERWRITERS." PRIOR TO THE OFFERING, THERE HAS BEEN NO PUBLIC
       MARKET FOR  THE  COMMON STOCK  OF  THE COMPANY.  IT  IS  CURRENTLY
       ANTICIPATED THAT THE INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE WILL BE BETWEEN
       $          AND  $         .  SEE "UNDERWRITERS"  FOR A DISCUSSION
                        OF THE  FACTORS  CONSIDERED IN  DETERMINING  THE
                            INITIAL OFFERING PRICE.
                            ------------------------
 
        THIS OFFERING INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK. SEE "RISK FACTORS"
                          COMMENCING ON PAGE 6 HEREOF.
                               -----------------
 
THESE  SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES AND
  EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS  THE
    SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
      PASSED UPON  THE  ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
             REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
                              -------------------
 
                             PRICE $       A SHARE
                              -------------------
 


                                                             UNDERWRITING                           PROCEEDS TO
                                                             DISCOUNTS AND       PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                         PRICE TO PUBLIC    COMMISSIONS (1)      COMPANY (2)       STOCKHOLDERS
                                        -----------------  -----------------  -----------------  -----------------
                                                                                     
PER SHARE.............................          $                  $                  $                  $
TOTAL (3).............................          $                  $                  $                  $

 
- ---------
    (1)  THE COMPANY AND  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS HAVE  AGREED TO INDEMNIFY THE
       UNDERWRITERS AGAINST CERTAIN LIABILITIES, INCLUDING LIABILITIES UNDER THE
       SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED.
    (2)  BEFORE  DEDUCTING  EXPENSES  PAYABLE   BY  THE  COMPANY  ESTIMATED   AT
       $           . THE  COMPANY HAS AGREED TO PAY  THE EXPENSES OF THE SELLING
       STOCKHOLDERS, OTHER THAN UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS AND COMMISSIONS.
    (3) ONE OF  THE SELLING STOCKHOLDERS  HAS GRANTED THE  U.S. UNDERWRITERS  AN
       OPTION,  EXERCISABLE WITHIN 30 DAYS OF THE DATE HEREOF, TO PURCHASE UP TO
       AN AGGREGATE OF 900,000 ADDITIONAL SHARES OF COMMON STOCK AT THE PRICE TO
       PUBLIC LESS UNDERWRITING  DISCOUNTS AND  COMMISSIONS FOR  THE PURPOSE  OF
       COVERING  OVER-ALLOTMENTS, IF ANY. IF THE U.S. UNDERWRITERS EXERCISE SUCH
       OPTION IN FULL,  THE TOTAL  PRICE TO PUBLIC,  UNDERWRITING DISCOUNTS  AND
       COMMISSIONS,  PROCEEDS TO  COMPANY AND  PROCEEDS TO  SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
       WILL BE $        , $       ,  $       , AND  $       , RESPECTIVELY.  SEE
       "UNDERWRITERS."
 
                            ------------------------
 
    THE  SHARES ARE OFFERED, SUBJECT TO PRIOR  SALE, WHEN, AS AND IF ACCEPTED BY
THE UNDERWRITERS NAMED HEREIN AND SUBJECT  TO APPROVAL OF CERTAIN LEGAL  MATTERS
BY  KATTEN MUCHIN  & ZAVIS,  COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITERS. IT  IS EXPECTED THAT
DELIVERY OF THE SHARES WILL BE MADE ON OR ABOUT         , 1996 AT THE OFFICE  OF
MORGAN  STANLEY & CO. INCORPORATED, NEW YORK, NEW YORK, AGAINST PAYMENT THEREFOR
IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS.
                              -------------------
 
MORGAN STANLEY & CO.
       INTERNATIONAL
                      ALEX. BROWN & SONS
                                           INCORPORATED
                                                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
           , 1996

                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following are the  estimated expenses (other  than the SEC registration
fee, NASD filing  fee and  the Nasdaq National  Market application  fee) of  the
issuance  and distribution of the securities being registered, all of which will
be paid by TeleTech Holdings, Inc. ("TeleTech").
 

                                                               
SEC registration fee............................................  $41,637.93
NASD filing fee.................................................  12,575.00
Nasdaq National Market application fee..........................  50,000.00
Printing expenses...............................................      *
Fees and expenses of counsel....................................      *
Fees and expenses of accountants................................      *
Transfer agent and registrar fees...............................      *
Blue sky fees and expenses......................................      *
Miscellaneous...................................................      *
                                                                  ---------
    Total.......................................................  $   *
                                                                  ---------
                                                                  ---------

 
- ---------
*To be provided by amendment.
 
TeleTech will bear all of the foregoing expenses. In addition, TeleTech  intends
to  pay  all  expenses  of registration,  issuance  and  distribution, excluding
underwriters' discounts and commissions, with  respect to the shares being  sold
by the Selling Stockholders.
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    Under  Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify  any person who was or is a
party or is threatened to be made a party to an action (other than an action  by
or  in the  right of the  corporation) by reason  of such person's  service as a
director of  officer  of the  corporation,  or  such person's  service,  at  the
corporation's  request, as  a director,  officer, employee  or agent  of another
corporation or other  enterprise, against expenses  (including attorneys'  fees)
that  are  actually and  reasonably incurred  by  such person  ("Expenses"), and
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement that are actually and reasonably
incurred by such person,  in connection with the  defense or settlement of  such
action;  provided that  such person  acted in  good faith  and in  a manner such
person reasonably believed  to be in  or not opposed  to the corporation's  best
interests  and,  with  respect to  any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no
reasonable cause to believe  that such person's  conduct was unlawful.  Although
Delaware  law permits  a corporation to  indemnify any person  referred to above
against Expenses in connection with the defense or settlement of an action by or
in the right of the corporation, provided  that such person acted in good  faith
and  in a manner such person reasonably believed  to be in or not opposed to the
corporation's best  interests, if  such person  has been  judged liable  to  the
corporation,   indemnification  is  only  permitted   to  the  extent  that  the
adjudicating court (or  the court in  which the action  was brought)  determines
that,  despite  the  adjudication  of  liability,  such  person  is  entitled to
indemnity for such Expenses as the  court deems proper. The determination as  to
whether  a  person  seeking indemnification  has  met the  required  standard of
conduct is  to be  made (1)  by a  majority vote  of a  quorum of  disinterested
members  of the  board of directors,  or (2)  by independent legal  counsel in a
written opinion,  if  such a  quorum  does not  exist  or if  the  disinterested
directors  so direct, or (3) by the stockholders. The General Corporation Law of
Delaware also provides for mandatory  indemnification of any director,  officer,
employee or agent against Expenses to the extent such person has been successful
in  any proceeding covered by the  statute. In addition, the General Corporation
Law of  Delaware provides  for the  general authorization  of advancement  of  a
director's   or  officer's  litigation   expenses  in  lieu   of  requiring  the
authorization of such advancement by the  board of directors in specific  cases,
and  that indemnification  and advancement of  expenses provided  by the statute
shall not  be  deemed exclusive  of  any other  rights  to which  those  seeking
indemnification  or advancement  of expenses  may be  entitled under  any bylaw,
agreement or otherwise.
 
                                      II-1

    TeleTech's Restated Certificate  of Incorporation and  By-laws provide  that
TeleTech  shall indemnify its directors, officers, employees and other agents to
the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law.
 
    TeleTech has also  entered into  agreements to indemnify  its directors  and
certain  of its  officers, in  addition to  the indemnification  provided for in
TeleTech's Restated Certificate of  Incorporation and By-laws. These  agreements
provide,  among other  things, that  TeleTech will  indemnify its  directors and
officers for  all direct  and indirect  expenses and  costs (including,  without
limitation,  all  reasonable attorneys'  fees  and related  disbursements, other
out-of-pocket costs and reasonable compensation  for time spent by such  persons
for  which they are not  otherwise compensated by TeleTech  or any third person)
and  liabilities  of  any  type  whatsoever  (including,  but  not  limited  to,
judgements,  fines and settlement fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such
person in  connection  with either  the  investigation, defense,  settlement  or
appeal of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or other proceeding,
including  any action by or in the right of the corporation, arising out of such
person's services as a director, officer,  employee or other agent of  TeleTech,
any  subsidiary of  TeleTech or  any other  company or  enterprise to  which the
person provides  services at  the request  of TeleTech.  TeleTech believes  that
these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and
experienced directors and officers.
 
    TeleTech  maintains liability insurance for the benefit of its directors and
officers.
 
    Under the terms of the Underwriting Agreement, the Underwriters have  agreed
to  indemnify, under certain conditions, TeleTech, its directors, certain of its
officers and persons who control TeleTech  within the meaning of the  Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") against certain liabilities.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    The  shares of common stock, par value $.002 per share (the "Common Stock"),
issued in the transactions described below  reflect a five-for-one split of  the
Common  Stock to be  effected immediately prior  to the closing  of the Offering
contemplated by this Registration Statement.
 
    Pursuant to the terms  of, and as a  condition precedent to consummation  of
the   transactions  contemplated  by,  that  certain  Preferred  Stock  Purchase
Agreement dated as  of December  22, 1994  by and  among TeleTech  Teleservices,
Inc.,  a  Colorado  corporation ("TTS"),  TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc., a
California   corporation   ("TTC"),   TeleTech,   TeleTech   Investors   General
Partnership,  an Illinois general partnership  (the "Partnership"), and Essaness
Theaters Corporation, a Delaware corporation ("Essaness"), TeleTech, on  January
17,  1995, issued (a)  40,700,000 shares of  Common Stock to  Kenneth D. Tuchman
("Tuchman") in exchange for all of the issued and outstanding shares of  capital
stock of TTS and TTC then owned by Tuchman, and (b) and 1,705,000 and 155,000 of
its  convertible preferred stock, par value $6.45 per share ("Preferred Stock"),
to the Partnership and Essaness,  respectively, in exchange for $11,000,000  and
$1,000,000  respectively. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible into five
shares of  Common  Stock,  subject to  adjustment  under  various  anti-dilution
provisions.
 
    Between January 1, 1995 and May 15, 1996, TeleTech granted to certain of its
officers,  employees, consultants and independent contractors options to acquire
an aggregate  of 4,968,500  shares of  Common Stock.  All of  such options  were
granted  pursuant to option  agreements between TeleTech  and each option holder
and are subject to the terms of the TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan  ("Option
Plan").
 
    On  January 1, 1996, TeleTech acquired  all of the outstanding capital stock
of Access 24 Service Corporation  Pty Limited, a corporation incorporated  under
the  laws of New South Wales, Australia ("Access 24"). As consideration for such
capital stock, TeleTech  issued 712,520  shares of  Common Stock  to Bevero  Pty
Limited  and paid  $2.27 million  and issued 257,220  shares of  Common Stock to
Access 24 Holdings Pty Limited.
 
    In connection with the  acquisition of Access 24,  TeleTech entered into  an
employment  agreement dated as of  January 1, 1996 with  Dr. John E. Kendall, as
Vice  President,  Strategic  Planning,  of  TeleTech.  In  connection  with  Dr.
Kendall's  execution of  the agreement,  TeleTech issued  to Dr.  Kendall 38,000
shares of Common Stock, which shares constitute restricted stock subject to  the
terms  of the Option  Plan and vest  proportionately over the  three year period
commencing on the date of issuance.
 
                                      II-2

    Also in connection with the acquisition of Access 24, TeleTech caused Access
24 to enter into an employment agreement dated as of January 1, 1996 with  Louis
T.  Carroll, as Managing Director of Access 24. In connection with Mr. Carroll's
execution of the  agreement, TeleTech  issued to  Mr. Carroll  38,000 shares  of
Common  Stock, which shares constitute restricted  stock subject to the terms of
the Option Plan and vest proportionately  over the three year period  commencing
on the date of issuance.
 
    During  1996,  TeleTech has  granted options  to  acquire 225,000  shares of
Common Stock to its former and  current non-executive directors, at an  exercise
price  of $5.00  per share,  pursuant to  the TeleTech  Holdings, Inc. Directors
Stock Option Plan (the "Directors Plan"). All of such options are subject to the
terms of  the Directors  Plan and  were granted  pursuant to  option  agreements
between TeleTech and each director who received such options.
 
    No  underwriters were involved  in the transactions  described above. All of
the shares  and options  issued in  the foregoing  transactions were  issued  or
granted  by  the  Company  in reliance  upon  the  exemptions  from registration
available under  Section  4(2)  of  the  Securities  Act,  including  Rule  701,
Regulation D or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
    (a) Exhibits
       See attached Exhibit Index.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules:
       None
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS.
 
    (a)   The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
Underwriters  at   the  closings   specified  in   the  Underwriting   Agreement
certificates  in such denominations and registered  in such names as required by
the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
    (b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the  Securities
Act  may  be permitted  to directors,  officers and  controlling persons  of the
Registrant pursuant to  the foregoing provisions,  or otherwise, the  Registrant
has  been advised that in the opinion  of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for  indemnification
against  such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of expenses
incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the  Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director,  officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered hereunder, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its  counsel
the  matter has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of
appropriate jurisdiction  the question  whether such  indemnification by  it  is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by
the final adjudication of such issue.
 
    (c)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby undertakes  that  for  purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities Act, (i) the information  omitted
from  the form  of prospectus  filed as part  of this  Registration Statement in
reliance upon Rule  430A and  contained in  a form  of prospectus  filed by  the
Registrant  pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act
shall be deemed to be part of this Registration Statement as of the time it  was
declared  effective and (ii) each post-effective  amendment that contains a form
of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the
securities offered therein,  and the offering  of such securities  at that  time
shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-3

                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to
be signed  on its  behalf  by the  undersigned,  thereunto duly  authorized,  in
Denver, Colorado on June 5, 1996.
    
 
                                          By:       /s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
 
                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     Kenneth D. Tuchman
                                             CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS,
                                                PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE
                                                           OFFICER
 
   
    PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, THIS
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED ON JUNE 5, 1996 BY
THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE CAPACITIES INDICATED:
    
 
   

                                                     
                      SIGNATURE                                                   TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------------------------------
 
                /s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive
                  Kenneth D. Tuchman                     Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
 
                  * STEVEN B. COBURN
     -------------------------------------------        Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
                   Steven B. Coburn                      Accounting Officer)
 
                   * ALAN SILVERMAN
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                    Alan Silverman
 
                 * RICHARD WEINGARTEN
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Richard Weingarten
 
                    * SAMUEL ZELL
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                     Samuel Zell
 
          *By:        /s/ KENNETH D. TUCHMAN
        --------------------------------------
                  Kenneth D. Tuchman
                 As Attorney-in-Fact

    
 
                                      II-4

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
   


 EXHIBIT
   NO.                                                   DESCRIPTION
- ---------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        
1.1*       Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*       Restated Certificate of Incorporation of TeleTech
3.2*       Amended and Restated By-laws of TeleTech
4.1*       Amended  and Restated Investment Agreement dated  as of May    , 1996 among TeleTech, TeleTech Investors
            General Partnership, Alan Silverman, Susan Silverman and Jack Silverman
4.2*       Stock Transfer and Registration Rights Agreement dated as  of January 1, 1996 among TeleTech, Access  24
            Holdings Pty Limited, Bevero Pty Limited and Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited
4.3*       Specimen Common Stock Certificate
5.1*       Opinion of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg, counsel to TeleTech
10.1**     Employment Agreement dated as of January 1, 1995 between Kenneth D. Tuchman and TeleTech
10.2**     Employment  Agreement  dated as  of  January 1,  1995  between Joseph  D.  Livingston and  TeleTech (the
            "Livingston Employment Agreement")
10.3*      Amendment to the Livingston Employment Agreement dated May   , 1996
10.4*      Employment Agreement dated as of September 30, 1995 between Steven B. Coburn and TeleTech
10.5**     Preferred Stock Purchase  Agreement dated as  of December  22, 1994 among  TeleTech Teleservices,  Inc.,
            TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc.,  TeleTech,  TeleTech Investors  General  Partnership  and Essaness
            Theaters Corporation
10.6*      Subscription and Shareholders  Agreement dated  April 30,  1996 among  TeleTech, Access  24 Limited  and
            Priplan Investments Limited
10.7**     TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Stock Plan
10.8**     TeleTech Holdings, Inc. Director Stock Option Plan
10.9       Sublease  Agreement dated  September 26,  1994 between  International Business  Machines Corporation and
            TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc.
10.10      Agreement dated March 16, 1993  between 1700 Lincoln Limited  and TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc.  and
            TeleTech Teleservices, Inc.
10.11**    Lease  dated  September 21,  1995 between  First Union  Management, Inc.  and TeleTech  Teleservices and
            TeleTech
10.12      Form of Client Services Agreement
10.13*     Agreement for Call Center Management between United Parcel General Services Co. and TeleTech
10.14*     Office Lease  dated July  24, 1992  between Sam  Menlo, d/b/a  Menlo Enterprises  and TeleTech  Telecom-
            munications
10.15**    Business  Loan  Agreement  dated  March  29,  1996  among  TeleTech  Telecommunications,  Inc., TeleTech
            Teleservices, Inc. and  TeleTech, as  Borrower, and  First Interstate  Bank of  California, as  Lender;
            Addendum dated March 29, 1996
10.16**    Stock  Purchase Agreement dated as of  January 1, 1996 among Access  24 Holdings Pty Limited, Bevero Pty
            Limited, Access 24 Service Corporation Pty Limited and TeleTech
10.17*     Master Lease Agreement dated as  of July 11, 1995 among  First Interstate Bank of California,  TeleTech,
            TeleTech Telecommunications, Inc. and TeleTech Teleservices, Inc.
10.18      Master Equipment Lease Agreement dated as of August 16, 1995 between NationsBanc Leasing Corporation and
            TeleTech
21.1*      List of subsidiaries
23.1       Consent of Arthur Anderson LLP, independent public accountants
23.2       Consent of Gumbiner, Savett, Finkel, Fingleson & Rose, Inc. (formerly Gumbiner, Savett, Friedman & Rose,
            Inc.), independent public accountants
23.3*      Consent of Neal, Gerber & Eisenberg (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**     Power of Attorney (previously included on the signature page to the Registration Statement)
27**       Financial Data Schedule

    
 
- ----------
   
 *To be filed by amendment.
**Previously filed